PowerPC Improve support for Gekko & Broadway
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texi
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
219d1afa 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132 34@ifset AOUT
a8eb42a8 35@set aout
252b5132
RH
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset H8/300
44@set H8
45@end ifset
252b5132
RH
46@ifset SH
47@set H8
48@end ifset
49@ifset HPPA
50@set abnormal-separator
51@end ifset
52@c ------------
53@ifset GENERIC
54@settitle Using @value{AS}
55@end ifset
56@ifclear GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
58@end ifclear
59@setchapternewpage odd
60@c %**end of header
61
62@c @smallbook
63@c @set SMALL
64@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
65@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
66@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
67@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 68@c
252b5132
RH
69@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
70@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
71@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
72@c break.
01642c12 73@c
252b5132
RH
74@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
75@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
76@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
77@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 78@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
79@ifinfo
80@set SMALL
81@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
82@c might as well show 'em anyways.
83@end ifinfo
84
9160ea82
AM
85@ifnottex
86@dircategory Software development
87@direntry
252b5132 88* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 89* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
90@end direntry
91@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
92
93@finalout
94@syncodeindex ky cp
95
0e9517a9 96@copying
252b5132
RH
97This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
98
0285c67d 99@c man begin COPYRIGHT
219d1afa 100Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 101
0285c67d 102Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 103under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
104or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
105with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
106Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 107section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
108
109@c man end
0e9517a9 110@end copying
252b5132
RH
111
112@titlepage
113@title Using @value{AS}
114@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
115@ifclear GENERIC
116@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
117@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
118@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
119@sp 1
120@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
121@end ifset
252b5132
RH
122@sp 1
123@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
124@sp 1
125@sp 13
b45619c0 126The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 127Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 128first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
129The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
130distracting the boss while they got some work
131done.
132@sp 3
133@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
134@page
135@tex
136{\parskip=0pt
137\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
138\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
139}
140%"boxit" macro for figures:
141%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
142\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
143 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
144#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
145\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
146@end tex
147
148@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
219d1afa 149Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 150
cf055d54 151 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 152 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
153 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
154 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
155 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 156 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 157
252b5132 158@end titlepage
4ecceb71 159@contents
252b5132 160
2e64b665 161@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
162@node Top
163@top Using @value{AS}
164
e49e529d
JM
165This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
166@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
167@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
168@end ifset
169version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 170@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 171This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
172code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
173@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
174
175This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
176Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 177section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 178
252b5132
RH
179@menu
180* Overview:: Overview
181* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
182* Syntax:: Syntax
183* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
184* Symbols:: Symbols
185* Expressions:: Expressions
186* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
187@ifset ELF
188* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
189@end ifset
252b5132
RH
190* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
191* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
192* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 193* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 194* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 195@end menu
2e64b665 196@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
197
198@node Overview
199@chapter Overview
200@iftex
a4fb0134 201This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 202@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 203This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
204code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
205@end ifclear
206@end iftex
207
208@cindex invocation summary
209@cindex option summary
210@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 211Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 212see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 213
0285c67d
NC
214@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
215
a4fb0134 216@ignore
0285c67d
NC
217@c man begin SEEALSO
218gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
219@c man end
a4fb0134 220@end ignore
0285c67d 221
252b5132
RH
222@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
223@c to be limited to one line for the header.
224@smallexample
0285c67d 225@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 226@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 227 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 228 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 229 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
230 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
231 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
232 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
233 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 234 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 235 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9
NC
236 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
237 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
238 [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
240 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
241 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 242 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 243 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
0df8ad28 244 [@b{--generate-missing-build-notes=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
245 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
246 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 247@c
6387924a 248@c man end
a4fb0134 249@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 250@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 251@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
252@ifset AARCH64
253
254@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
255 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 256 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 257@end ifset
625e1353
RH
258@ifset ALPHA
259
260@emph{Target Alpha options:}
261 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
262 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 263 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
264 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
265 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
266@end ifset
252b5132 267@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
268
269@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
270 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
271 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
272 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 273 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 274 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
275@end ifset
276@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
277
278@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 279@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
280 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
281 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
282 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
283 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 284 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 285 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
286 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
287 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
288 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 289 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 290@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
291@ifset Blackfin
292
293@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
294 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
295 [@b{-mfdpic}]
296 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
297 [@b{-mnopic}]
298@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
299@ifset CRIS
300
301@emph{Target CRIS options:}
302 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
303 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
304 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 305 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
306@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
307@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
308@end ifset
252b5132 309@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
310
311@emph{Target D10V options:}
312 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
313@end ifset
314@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
315
316@emph{Target D30V options:}
317 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 318@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
319@ifset EPIPHANY
320
321@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
322 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
323@end ifset
252b5132 324@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
325
326@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
327 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
328@end ifset
329@ifset HPPA
330@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
331@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
332@ifset I80386
333
334@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 335 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 336 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132 337@end ifset
587fe2b3 338@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 339
9e32ca89
NC
340@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
341 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
342 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
343 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 344 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 345 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 346 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
347 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
348@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
349@ifset IP2K
350
351@emph{Target IP2K options:}
352 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
353@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
354@ifset M32C
355
356@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 357 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 358@end ifset
587fe2b3 359@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 360
a4fb0134
SC
361@emph{Target M32R options:}
362 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 363 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 364@end ifset
252b5132 365@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
366
367@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
368 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 369@end ifset
60bcf0fa 370@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
371
372@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 373 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
374 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
375 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 376 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
377 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
378 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
379@end ifset
380@ifset MCORE
381
382@emph{Target MCORE options:}
383 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
384 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 385@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
386@ifset METAG
387
388@emph{Target Meta options:}
389 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
390@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
391@ifset MICROBLAZE
392@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
393@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
394@end ifset
252b5132 395@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
396
397@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 398 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 399 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 400 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 401 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
402 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
403 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 404 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 405 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
406 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
407 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 408 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
8b10b0b3 409 [@b{-mignore-branch-isa}] [@b{-mno-ignore-branch-isa}]
ba92f887 410 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 411 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 412 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
25499ac7 413 [@b{-mmips16e2}] [@b{-mno-mips16e2}]
df58fc94 414 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 415 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 416 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 417 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 418 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 419 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 420 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 421 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 422 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 423 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 424 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
730c3174 425 [@b{-mcrc}] [@b{-mno-crc}]
6f20c942 426 [@b{-mginv}] [@b{-mno-ginv}]
8095d2f7 427 [@b{-mloongson-mmi}] [@b{-mno-loongson-mmi}]
833794fc 428 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 429 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 430 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
431 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
432 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 433 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 434 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
435@end ifset
436@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
437
438@emph{Target MMIX options:}
439 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
440 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
441 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 442 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 443@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
444@ifset NIOSII
445
446@emph{Target Nios II options:}
447 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
448 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
449@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
450@ifset NDS32
451
452@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
453 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
454 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
455 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
456 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
457 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
458 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
459 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
460 [@b{-mb2bb}]
461@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
462@ifset PDP11
463
464@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
465 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
466 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 467 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
468@end ifset
469@ifset PJ
470
471@emph{Target picoJava options:}
472 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
473@end ifset
474@ifset PPC
475
476@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
477 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
478 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
fa758a70
AC
479 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mgekko}|
480 @b{-mbroadway}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|
481 @b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|
482 @b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|@b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
74081948 483 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mspe2}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 484 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 485 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
486 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
487 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 488 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 489 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 490@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
491@ifset PRU
492
493@emph{Target PRU options:}
494 [@b{-link-relax}]
495 [@b{-mnolink-relax}]
496 [@b{-mno-warn-regname-label}]
497@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
498@ifset RISCV
499
500@emph{Target RISC-V options:}
501 [@b{-fpic}|@b{-fPIC}|@b{-fno-pic}]
502 [@b{-march}=@var{ISA}]
503 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
504@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
505@ifset RL78
506
507@emph{Target RL78 options:}
508 [@b{-mg10}]
509 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
510@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
511@ifset RX
512
513@emph{Target RX options:}
514 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 515 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
516 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
517 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
518 [@b{-mpid}]
519 [@b{-mrelax}]
520 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
521 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 522@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
523@ifset S390
524
525@emph{Target s390 options:}
526 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
527 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
528 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
529@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
530@ifset SCORE
531
532@emph{Target SCORE options:}
533 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
534 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
535 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
536 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
537@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
538@ifset SPARC
539
540@emph{Target SPARC options:}
541@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
46a2d504
JM
542 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
543 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd}
544 @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c}
545 @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis}
546 @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3}
547 @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}]
548 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc}
549 @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9}
550 @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e}
551 @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis}
552 @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima}
553 @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5}
554 @b{-bump}]
a4fb0134 555 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
46a2d504 556 [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}]
a4fb0134
SC
557@end ifset
558@ifset TIC54X
559
560@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 561 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
562 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
563@end ifset
40b36596
JM
564@ifset TIC6X
565
566@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
567 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
568 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
569 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 570@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
571@ifset TILEGX
572
573@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 574 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
575@end ifset
576@ifset TILEPRO
577@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
578@end ifset
b6605ddd 579@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 580
b6605ddd
EB
581@emph{Target Visium options:}
582 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
583@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
584@ifset XTENSA
585
586@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
587 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
588 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
589 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
590 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
591 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 592 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 593@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
594@ifset Z80
595
596@emph{Target Z80 options:}
597 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
598 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
599 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
600 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
601 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
602 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
603 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
604@end ifset
a4fb0134 605@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 606
a4fb0134 607@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 608@end ifset
e0001a05 609
0285c67d 610@c man end
252b5132
RH
611@end smallexample
612
0285c67d
NC
613@c man begin OPTIONS
614
a4fb0134 615@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 616@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 617
83f10cb2 618@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
619Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
620
a4fb0134 621@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
622@item -ac
623omit false conditionals
624
625@item -ad
626omit debugging directives
627
83f10cb2
NC
628@item -ag
629include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
630
252b5132
RH
631@item -ah
632include high-level source
633
634@item -al
635include assembly
636
637@item -am
638include macro expansions
639
640@item -an
641omit forms processing
642
643@item -as
644include symbols
645
646@item =file
647set the name of the listing file
648@end table
649
650You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
651listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
652the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
653
caa32fe5 654@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
655Begin in alternate macro mode.
656@ifclear man
657@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
658@end ifclear
caa32fe5 659
955974c6 660@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
661Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
662ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
663linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
664given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 665
151411f8
L
666@ifset ELF
667@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
668@item --compress-debug-sections=none
669@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
670@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
671@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
672These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
673@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
674@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
675@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 676@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 677@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
678@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
679sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
680@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
681@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
682
151411f8
L
683@end ifset
684
955974c6 685@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
686Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
687targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
688override this.
955974c6 689
252b5132
RH
690@item -D
691Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
692other assemblers.
693
3d6b762c
JM
694@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
695When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
696information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
697
252b5132
RH
698@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
699Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
700@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
701indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
702value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
703use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
704
705@item -f
706``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
707compiler output).
708
329e276d
NC
709@item -g
710@itemx --gen-debug
711Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
712debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
713ECOFF or DWARF2.
714
252b5132
RH
715@item --gstabs
716Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
717may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
718
05da4302
NC
719@item --gstabs+
720Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
721extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
722debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
723may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
724the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
725
329e276d 726@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 727Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 728may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 729option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 730
b40bf0a2
NC
731@item --gdwarf-sections
732Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
733.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
734corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
735will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
736@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
737then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
738suffix.
739
b8871f35 740@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
741@item --size-check=error
742@itemx --size-check=warning
743Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
744
b8871f35
L
745@item --elf-stt-common=no
746@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
747These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
748symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
749by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
0df8ad28
NC
750
751@item --generate-missing-build-notes=yes
752@itemx --generate-missing-build-notes=no
753These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate GNU Build
754attribute notes if none are present in the input sources.
755The default can be controlled by the @option{--enable-generate-build-notes}
756configure option.
757
b8871f35
L
758@end ifset
759
252b5132 760@item --help
a05a5b64 761Print a summary of the command-line options and exit.
252b5132 762
ea20a7da
CC
763@item --target-help
764Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
765
252b5132
RH
766@item -I @var{dir}
767Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
768
769@item -J
770Don't warn about signed overflow.
771
772@item -K
773@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
774This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
775@end ifclear
776@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
777Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
778@end ifset
779
780@item -L
781@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
782Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
783system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
784or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
785@ifclear man
786@xref{Symbol Names}.
787@end ifclear
252b5132 788
c3a27914
NC
789@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
790Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
791listing to @var{number}.
792
793@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
794Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
795lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
796
797@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
798Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
799@var{number} bytes.
800
801@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
802Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
803to @var{number} + 1.
804
2edb36e7
NC
805@item --no-pad-sections
806Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
807of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
808which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
809
252b5132 810@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 811Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
812
813@item -R
814Fold the data section into the text section.
815
d60646b9 816@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
817Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
818@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
819assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
820memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
821requirements at the expense of speed.
822
823@item --reduce-memory-overheads
824This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
825assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
826@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
827
451133ce
NP
828@ifset ELF
829@item --sectname-subst
830Honor substitution sequences in section names.
831@ifclear man
832@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
833@end ifclear
834@end ifset
835
252b5132
RH
836@item --statistics
837Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
838assembly.
839
840@item --strip-local-absolute
841Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
842
843@item -v
844@itemx -version
a4fb0134 845Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
846
847@item --version
a4fb0134 848Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
849
850@item -W
2bdd6cf5 851@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
852Suppress warning messages.
853
2bdd6cf5
GK
854@item --fatal-warnings
855Treat warnings as errors.
856
857@item --warn
858Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
859
252b5132
RH
860@item -w
861Ignored.
862
863@item -x
864Ignored.
865
866@item -Z
867Generate an object file even after errors.
868
869@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
870Standard input, or source files to assemble.
871
872@end table
2a633939
JM
873@c man end
874
a06ea964
NC
875@ifset AARCH64
876
877@ifclear man
878@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
879for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
880@end ifclear
881
882@ifset man
883@c man begin OPTIONS
884The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
88564-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
886@c man end
887@c man begin INCLUDE
888@include c-aarch64.texi
889@c ended inside the included file
890@end ifset
891
892@end ifset
893
2a633939
JM
894@ifset ALPHA
895
896@ifclear man
897@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
898for an Alpha processor.
899@end ifclear
900
901@ifset man
902@c man begin OPTIONS
903The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
904processor.
905@c man end
906@c man begin INCLUDE
907@include c-alpha.texi
908@c ended inside the included file
909@end ifset
910
911@end ifset
252b5132 912
2a633939 913@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 914@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
915The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
916processor.
252b5132 917
a4fb0134 918@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 919@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
920This option selects the core processor variant.
921@item -EB | -EL
922Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
923@item -mcode-density
924Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
925@end table
926@end ifset
927
928@ifset ARM
929The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
930processor family.
931
a4fb0134 932@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 933@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 934Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 935@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 936Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 937@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 938Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
939@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
940Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
941@item -mthumb
942Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 943@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
944Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
945@item -EB | -EL
946Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
947@item -mthumb-interwork
948Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
949ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
950@item -mccs
951Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
952@item -k
953Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
954@end table
955@end ifset
635fb38d 956@c man end
252b5132 957
9982501a 958@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
959
960@ifclear man
961@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
962configured for the Blackfin processor family.
963@end ifclear
964
965@ifset man
966@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
967The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
968the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
969@c man end
970@c man begin INCLUDE
971@include c-bfin.texi
972@c ended inside the included file
973@end ifset
9982501a 974
9982501a
JZ
975@end ifset
976
635fb38d 977@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
978@ifset CRIS
979See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
980@end ifset
981
252b5132
RH
982@ifset D10V
983The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
984a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 985@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
986@cindex D10V optimization
987@cindex optimization, D10V
988@item -O
989Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
990@end table
991@end ifset
992
993@ifset D30V
994The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
995processor.
a4fb0134 996@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
997@cindex D30V optimization
998@cindex optimization, D30V
999@item -O
1000Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1001
1002@cindex D30V nops
1003@item -n
1004Warn when nops are generated.
1005
1006@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
1007@item -N
1008Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
1009@end table
1010@end ifset
731caf76
L
1011@c man end
1012
cfb8c092
NC
1013@ifset EPIPHANY
1014The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1015Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
1016
56b13185
JR
1017@ifclear man
1018@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1019configured for an Epiphany processor.
1020@end ifclear
cfb8c092 1021
56b13185
JR
1022@ifset man
1023@c man begin OPTIONS
1024The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1025an Epiphany processor.
1026@c man end
1027@c man begin INCLUDE
1028@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1029@c ended inside the included file
1030@end ifset
1031
1032@end ifset
1033
1034@ifset H8300
1035
1036@ifclear man
1037@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1038for an H8/300 processor.
1039@end ifclear
1040
1041@ifset man
1042@c man begin OPTIONS
1043The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1044processor.
1045@c man end
1046@c man begin INCLUDE
1047@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1048@c ended inside the included file
1049@end ifset
cfb8c092 1050
cfb8c092
NC
1051@end ifset
1052
731caf76 1053@ifset I80386
252b5132 1054
731caf76
L
1055@ifclear man
1056@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1057configured for an i386 processor.
1058@end ifclear
1059
1060@ifset man
1061@c man begin OPTIONS
1062The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1063an i386 processor.
1064@c man end
1065@c man begin INCLUDE
1066@include c-i386.texi
1067@c ended inside the included file
1068@end ifset
1069
1070@end ifset
1071
1072@c man begin OPTIONS
a40cbfa3
NC
1073@ifset IP2K
1074The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1075Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1076
1077@table @gcctabopt
1078
1079@item -mip2022ext
1080Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1081
1082@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1083Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1084just the basic IP2022 ones.
1085
1086@end table
1087@end ifset
1088
49f58d10
JB
1089@ifset M32C
1090The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1091Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1092
1093@table @gcctabopt
1094
1095@item -m32c
1096Assemble M32C instructions.
1097
1098@item -m16c
1099Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1100
c54b5932
DD
1101@item -relax
1102Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1103
1104@item -h-tick-hex
1105Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1106
49f58d10
JB
1107@end table
1108@end ifset
1109
ec694b89
NC
1110@ifset M32R
1111The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1112Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1113
a4fb0134 1114@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1115
1116@item --m32rx
1117Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1118is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1119
1120@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1121Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1122encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1123
1124@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1125Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1126encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1127
1128@end table
1129@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1130
1131@ifset M680X0
1132The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1133Motorola 68000 series.
1134
a4fb0134 1135@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1136
1137@item -l
1138Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1139
0285c67d
NC
1140@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1141@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1142@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1143Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1144is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1145
1146@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1147The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1148The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1149the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1150two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1151coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1152
1153@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1154The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1155unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1156
1157@end table
1158@end ifset
1159
36591ba1
SL
1160@ifset NIOSII
1161
1162@ifclear man
1163@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1164for an Altera Nios II processor.
1165@end ifclear
1166
1167@ifset man
1168@c man begin OPTIONS
1169The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1170Altera Nios II processor.
1171@c man end
1172@c man begin INCLUDE
1173@include c-nios2.texi
1174@c ended inside the included file
1175@end ifset
1176@end ifset
1177
e135f41b
NC
1178@ifset PDP11
1179
1180For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1181see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1182
a4fb0134 1183@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1184@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1185Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1186default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1187
1188@item -mall
1189@itemx -mall-extensions
1190Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1191
1192@item -mno-extensions
1193Disable all instruction set extensions.
1194
1195@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1196Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1197
1198@item -m@var{cpu}
1199Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1200disable all other extensions.
1201
1202@item -m@var{machine}
1203Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1204model, and disable all other extensions.
1205@end table
1206
1207@end ifset
1208
041dd5a9
ILT
1209@ifset PJ
1210The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1211a picoJava processor.
1212
a4fb0134 1213@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1214
1215@cindex PJ endianness
1216@cindex endianness, PJ
1217@cindex big endian output, PJ
1218@item -mb
1219Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1220
1221@cindex little endian output, PJ
1222@item -ml
1223Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1224
1225@end table
1226@end ifset
1227
93f11b16
DD
1228@ifset PRU
1229
1230@ifclear man
1231@xref{PRU Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1232for a PRU processor.
1233@end ifclear
1234
1235@ifset man
1236@c man begin OPTIONS
1237The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1238PRU processor.
1239@c man end
1240@c man begin INCLUDE
1241@include c-pru.texi
1242@c ended inside the included file
1243@end ifset
1244@end ifset
1245
60bcf0fa
NC
1246@ifset M68HC11
1247The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1248Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1249
a4fb0134 1250@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1251
6927f982 1252@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1253Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1254defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1255
6927f982
NC
1256@item --xgate-ramoffset
1257Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1258XGATE address space.
1259
2f904664
SC
1260@item -mshort
1261Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1262
1263@item -mlong
01642c12 1264Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1265
1266@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1267Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1268
1269@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1270Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1271
1370e33d 1272@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1273Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1274conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1275sub routine.
1276
1370e33d
NC
1277@item -S | --short-branches
1278Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1279when the offset is out of range.
1280
1281@item --strict-direct-mode
1282Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1283when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1284
1285@item --print-insn-syntax
1286Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1287
1288@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1289Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1290
1291@item --generate-example
6927f982 1292Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1293This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1294
1295@end table
1296@end ifset
1297
252b5132 1298@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1299The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1300for the SPARC architecture:
1301
a4fb0134 1302@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1303@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1304@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1305Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1306
1307@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1308@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1309
1310@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1311UltraSPARC extensions.
1312
1313@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1314For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1315equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1316
1317@item -bump
1318Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1319@end table
1320@end ifset
1321
39bec121
TW
1322@ifset TIC54X
1323The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1324architecture.
39bec121 1325
a4fb0134 1326@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1327@item -mfar-mode
1328Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1329extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1330@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1331Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1332@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1333Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1334behaviour in the shell.
1335@end table
1336@end ifset
1337
252b5132 1338@ifset MIPS
73201331 1339@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 1340The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1341a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1342
a4fb0134 1343@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1344@item -G @var{num}
1345This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1346implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1347use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1348
1349@cindex MIPS endianness
1350@cindex endianness, MIPS
1351@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1352@item -EB
1353Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1354
1355@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1356@item -EL
1357Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1358
1359@cindex MIPS ISA
1360@item -mips1
1361@itemx -mips2
1362@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1363@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1364@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1365@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1366@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1367@itemx -mips32r3
1368@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1369@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1370@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1371@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1372@itemx -mips64r3
1373@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1374@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1375Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1376@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1377alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1378@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1379@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1380@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1381@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1382MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1383Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1384MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1385
98508b2a
RS
1386@item -march=@var{cpu}
1387Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1388
1389@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1390Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1391
1392@item -mfix7000
1393@itemx -mno-fix7000
1394Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1395of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1396
a8d14a88
CM
1397@item -mfix-rm7000
1398@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1399Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1400followed by a load instruction.
1401
ecb4347a
DJ
1402@item -mdebug
1403@itemx -no-mdebug
1404Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1405section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1406
dcd410fe
RO
1407@item -mpdr
1408@itemx -mno-pdr
1409Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1410
437ee9d5
TS
1411@item -mgp32
1412@itemx -mfp32
1413The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1414flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1415all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1416and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1417
351cdf24
MF
1418@item -mgp64
1419@itemx -mfp64
1420The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1421flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1422all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1423and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1424
1425@item -mfpxx
1426The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1427this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1428which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
142932 or 64 bits wide.
1430
1431@item -modd-spreg
1432@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1433Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1434registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1435@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1436
437ee9d5
TS
1437@item -mips16
1438@itemx -no-mips16
1439Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51 1440@code{.module mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
437ee9d5 1441turns off this option.
252b5132 1442
25499ac7
MR
1443@item -mmips16e2
1444@itemx -mno-mips16e2
1445Enable the use of MIPS16e2 instructions in MIPS16 mode. This is equivalent
1446to putting @code{.module mips16e2} at the start of the assembly file.
1447@samp{-mno-mips16e2} turns off this option.
1448
df58fc94
RS
1449@item -mmicromips
1450@itemx -mno-micromips
1451Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51
MR
1452@code{.module micromips} at the start of the assembly file.
1453@samp{-mno-micromips} turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting
1454@code{.module nomicromips} at the start of the assembly file.
df58fc94 1455
e16bfa71
TS
1456@item -msmartmips
1457@itemx -mno-smartmips
32035f51
MR
1458Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1459equivalent to putting @code{.module smartmips} at the start of the assembly
1460file. @samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
e16bfa71 1461
1f25f5d3
CD
1462@item -mips3d
1463@itemx -no-mips3d
1464Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1465This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1466@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1467
deec1734
CD
1468@item -mdmx
1469@itemx -no-mdmx
1470Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1471This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1472@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1473
2ef2b9ae
CF
1474@item -mdsp
1475@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1476Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1477This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1478@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1479
8b082fb1
TS
1480@item -mdspr2
1481@itemx -mno-dspr2
1482Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1483This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1484This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1485@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1486
8f4f9071
MF
1487@item -mdspr3
1488@itemx -mno-dspr3
1489Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1490This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1491This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1492@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1493
56d438b1
CF
1494@item -mmsa
1495@itemx -mno-msa
1496Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1497This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1498@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1499
7d64c587
AB
1500@item -mxpa
1501@itemx -mno-xpa
1502Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1503This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1504@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1505
ef2e4d86
CF
1506@item -mmt
1507@itemx -mno-mt
1508Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1509This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1510@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1511
dec0624d
MR
1512@item -mmcu
1513@itemx -mno-mcu
1514Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1515This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1516@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1517
730c3174
SE
1518@item -mcrc
1519@itemx -mno-crc
1520Generate code for the MIPS cyclic redundancy check (CRC) Application
1521Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept CRC instructions.
1522@samp{-mno-crc} turns off this option.
1523
6f20c942
FS
1524@item -mginv
1525@itemx -mno-ginv
1526Generate code for the Global INValidate (GINV) Application Specific
1527Extension. This tells the assembler to accept GINV instructions.
1528@samp{-mno-ginv} turns off this option.
1529
8095d2f7
CX
1530@item -mloongson-mmi
1531@itemx -mno-loongson-mmi
1532Generate code for the Loongson MultiMedia extensions Instructions (MMI)
1533Application Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept MMI
1534instructions.
1535@samp{-mno-loongson-mmi} turns off this option.
1536
833794fc
MR
1537@item -minsn32
1538@itemx -mno-insn32
1539Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1540microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1541instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1542the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1543option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1544start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1545selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1546
437ee9d5
TS
1547@item --construct-floats
1548@itemx --no-construct-floats
1549The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1550double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1551value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1552the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1553selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1554
3bf0dbfb
MR
1555@item --relax-branch
1556@itemx --no-relax-branch
1557The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1558branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1559out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1560
8b10b0b3
MR
1561@item -mignore-branch-isa
1562@itemx -mno-ignore-branch-isa
1563Ignore branch checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. The
1564semantics of branches does not provide for an ISA mode switch, so in
1565most cases the ISA mode a branch has been encoded for has to be the
1566same as the ISA mode of the branch's target label. Therefore GAS has
1567checks implemented that verify in branch assembly that the two ISA
1568modes match. @samp{-mignore-branch-isa} disables these checks. By
1569default @samp{-mno-ignore-branch-isa} is selected, causing any invalid
1570branch requiring a transition between ISA modes to produce an error.
1571
ba92f887
MR
1572@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1573Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1574(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1575
252b5132
RH
1576@cindex emulation
1577@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1578This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1579on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1580removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1581It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1582
1583The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1584@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1585is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1586big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1587preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1588
1589@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1590@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1591the native tools.
1592
252b5132
RH
1593@item --trap
1594@itemx --no-trap
1595@itemx --break
1596@itemx --no-break
1597Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1598@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1599(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1600@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1601break exception.
63486801
L
1602
1603@item -n
a4fb0134 1604When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1605time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132 1606@end table
73201331 1607@c man end
252b5132
RH
1608@end ifset
1609
1610@ifset MCORE
1611The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1612an MCore processor.
1613
a4fb0134 1614@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1615@item -jsri2bsr
1616@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1617Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
a05a5b64 1618The command-line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
252b5132
RH
1619
1620@item -sifilter
1621@itemx -nosifilter
1622Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a05a5b64 1623The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command-line option.
252b5132
RH
1624
1625@item -relax
1626Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1627
ec694b89
NC
1628@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1629Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1630can be assembled.
1631
1632@item -EB
1633Assemble for a big endian target.
1634
1635@item -EL
1636Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1637
1638@end table
1639@end ifset
a3c62988 1640@c man end
252b5132 1641
a3c62988
NC
1642@ifset METAG
1643
1644@ifclear man
1645@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1646for a Meta processor.
1647@end ifclear
1648
1649@ifset man
1650@c man begin OPTIONS
1651The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1652Meta processor.
1653@c man end
1654@c man begin INCLUDE
1655@include c-metag.texi
1656@c ended inside the included file
1657@end ifset
1658
1659@end ifset
1660
1661@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1662@ifset MMIX
1663See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1664@end ifset
1665
35c08157
KLC
1666@ifset NDS32
1667
1668@ifclear man
1669@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1670for a NDS32 processor.
1671@end ifclear
1672@c ended inside the included file
1673@end ifset
1674
1675@ifset man
1676@c man begin OPTIONS
1677The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1678NDS32 processor.
1679@c man end
1680@c man begin INCLUDE
1681@include c-nds32.texi
1682@c ended inside the included file
1683@end ifset
1684
635fb38d 1685@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1686@ifset PPC
1687
1688@ifclear man
1689@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1690for a PowerPC processor.
1691@end ifclear
1692
1693@ifset man
1694@c man begin OPTIONS
1695The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1696PowerPC processor.
1697@c man end
1698@c man begin INCLUDE
1699@include c-ppc.texi
1700@c ended inside the included file
1701@end ifset
1702
1703@end ifset
1704
e23eba97
NC
1705@ifset RISCV
1706
1707@ifclear man
b57e49f7 1708@xref{RISC-V-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
e23eba97
NC
1709for a RISC-V processor.
1710@end ifclear
1711
1712@ifset man
1713@c man begin OPTIONS
1714The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
b57e49f7 1715RISC-V processor.
e23eba97
NC
1716@c man end
1717@c man begin INCLUDE
1718@include c-riscv.texi
1719@c ended inside the included file
1720@end ifset
1721
1722@end ifset
1723
635fb38d 1724@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1725@ifset RX
1726See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1727@end ifset
1728
11c19e16
MS
1729@ifset S390
1730The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1731processor family.
1732
1733@table @gcctabopt
1734@item -m31
1735@itemx -m64
1736Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1737@item -mesa
1738@item -mzarch
1739Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1740Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1741@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1742Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1743@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1744@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1745@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
47826cdb 1746@samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}), or @samp{z14} (or @samp{arch12}).
11c19e16
MS
1747@item -mregnames
1748@itemx -mno-regnames
1749Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1750@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1751Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1752but evaluates to zero.
1753@end table
1754@end ifset
2a633939 1755@c man end
11c19e16 1756
40b36596 1757@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1758
1759@ifclear man
1760@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1761for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1762@end ifclear
1763
1764@ifset man
1765@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1766The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1767TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1768@c man end
1769@c man begin INCLUDE
1770@include c-tic6x.texi
1771@c ended inside the included file
1772@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1773
1774@end ifset
1775
aa137e4d
NC
1776@ifset TILEGX
1777
1778@ifclear man
1779@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1780for a TILE-Gx processor.
1781@end ifclear
1782
1783@ifset man
1784@c man begin OPTIONS
1785The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1786processor.
1787@c man end
1788@c man begin INCLUDE
1789@include c-tilegx.texi
1790@c ended inside the included file
1791@end ifset
1792
1793@end ifset
1794
b6605ddd
EB
1795@ifset VISIUM
1796
1797@ifclear man
1798@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1799for a Visium processor.
1800@end ifclear
1801
1802@ifset man
1803@c man begin OPTIONS
1804The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1805processor.
1806@c man end
1807@c man begin INCLUDE
1808@include c-visium.texi
1809@c ended inside the included file
1810@end ifset
1811
1812@end ifset
1813
e0001a05 1814@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1815
2d8b84ae
SA
1816@ifclear man
1817@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1818for an Xtensa processor.
1819@end ifclear
1820
1821@ifset man
1822@c man begin OPTIONS
1823The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1824Xtensa processor.
1825@c man end
1826@c man begin INCLUDE
1827@include c-xtensa.texi
1828@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1829@end ifset
1830
2d8b84ae
SA
1831@end ifset
1832
1833@c man begin OPTIONS
1834
3c9b82ba
NC
1835@ifset Z80
1836The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1837a Z80 family processor.
1838@table @gcctabopt
1839@item -z80
1840Assemble for Z80 processor.
1841@item -r800
1842Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1843@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1844@itemx -Wnud
1845Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1846@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1847@itemx -Wnup
1848Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1849@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1850@itemx -Wud
1851Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1852@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1853@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1854Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1855@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1856@itemx -Fud
1857Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1858@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1859@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1860Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1861@end table
1862@end ifset
1863
0285c67d
NC
1864@c man end
1865
252b5132
RH
1866@menu
1867* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1868* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1869* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1870* Command Line:: Command Line
1871* Input Files:: Input Files
1872* Object:: Output (Object) File
1873* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1874@end menu
1875
1876@node Manual
1877@section Structure of this Manual
1878
1879@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1880This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1881@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1882notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1883@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1884
1885@ifclear GENERIC
1886We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1887configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1888@end ifclear
1889@ifset GENERIC
1890This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1891various flavors of the assembler.
1892@end ifset
1893
1894@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1895On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1896to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1897In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1898architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1899mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1900particular architecture.
1901@ifset GENERIC
1902You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1903machine architecture manual for this information.
1904@end ifset
1905@ifclear GENERIC
1906@ifset H8/300
1907For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1908Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1909Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1910@end ifset
252b5132 1911@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1912For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1913see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1914@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1915@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1916@end ifset
1917@ifset Z8000
1918For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1919@end ifset
1920@end ifclear
1921
1922@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1923@ignore
1924Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1925the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1926Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1927computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1928once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1929qualification.
1930
a4fb0134 1931@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1932human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1933computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1934@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1935@end ignore
1936
1937@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1938@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1939@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1940@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1941@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1942@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1943@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1944@c directives).
1945
1946@node GNU Assembler
1947@section The GNU Assembler
1948
0285c67d
NC
1949@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1950
a4fb0134 1951@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1952@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1953This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1954configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1955@end ifclear
1956If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1957should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1958architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1959including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1960@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1961
1962@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1963@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1964@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1965@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1966assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1967machine would assemble.
1968@ifset VAX
1969Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1970@end ifset
1971@ifset M680X0
1972@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1973@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1974This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1975assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1976incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1977@end ifset
1978
0285c67d
NC
1979@c man end
1980
a4fb0134 1981Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1982program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1983@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1984
1985@node Object Formats
1986@section Object File Formats
1987
1988@cindex object file format
1989The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1990object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1991write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1992are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1993Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1994@ifclear GENERIC
1995@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1996For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1997@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1998@end ifclear
1999@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 2000@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 2001On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
2002SOM or ELF format object files.
2003@end ifset
2004@end ifclear
2005
2006@node Command Line
2007@section Command Line
2008
2009@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 2010
a4fb0134 2011After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
2012options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
2013before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
2014significant.
2015
2016@cindex standard input, as input file
2017@kindex --
2018@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 2019explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
2020
2021@cindex options, command line
a05a5b64 2022Except for @samp{--} any command-line argument that begins with a
252b5132 2023hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 2024@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
2025option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
2026the letter is important. All options are optional.
2027
2028Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
2029name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
2030with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
2031standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
2032
2033@smallexample
2034@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
2035@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
2036@end smallexample
2037
2038@node Input Files
2039@section Input Files
2040
2041@cindex input
2042@cindex source program
2043@cindex files, input
2044We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 2045describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
2046be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
2047doesn't change the meaning of the source.
2048
2049@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
2050@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
2051The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
2052order specified.
2053
0285c67d 2054@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 2055Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
2056program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
2057(The standard input is also a file.)
2058
a4fb0134 2059You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132 2060names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
a05a5b64 2061command-line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
252b5132
RH
2062is taken to be an input file name.
2063
a4fb0134
SC
2064If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
2065from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
2066may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
2067to assemble.
2068
2069Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
2070in your command line.
2071
a4fb0134 2072If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
2073file.
2074
0285c67d
NC
2075@c man end
2076
252b5132
RH
2077@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
2078
2079@cindex input file linenumbers
2080@cindex line numbers, in input files
2081There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2082either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2083number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2084``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2085
2086@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2087to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2088
2089@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2090directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2091error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2092is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2093@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2094@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2095
2096@node Object
2097@section Output (Object) File
2098
2099@cindex object file
2100@cindex output file
2101@kindex a.out
2102@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2103Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132 2104your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
a8eb42a8 2105is the object file. Its default name is @code{a.out}.
a4fb0134 2106You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2107object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2108reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2109directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2110possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2111
2112@cindex linker
2113@kindex ld
2114The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2115assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2116the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2117information for the debugger.
2118
2119@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2120@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2121
2122@node Errors
2123@section Error and Warning Messages
2124
0285c67d
NC
2125@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2126
a349d9dd 2127@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2128@cindex warning messages
2129@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2130@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2131file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2132runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2133that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2134grave problem that stops the assembly.
2135
0285c67d
NC
2136@c man end
2137
252b5132
RH
2138@cindex format of warning messages
2139Warning messages have the format
2140
2141@smallexample
2142file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2143@end smallexample
2144
2145@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2146@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2147(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2148(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2149@ifset GENERIC
2150(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2151@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2152have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2153in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2154intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2155
2156Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2157directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2158
2159@smallexample
2160 .file 2 "bar.c"
2161 error_assembler_source
2162 .file "foo.c"
2163 .line 30
2164 error_c_source
2165@end smallexample
2166
2167produces this output:
2168
2169@smallexample
2170 Assembler messages:
2171 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2172 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2173@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2174
2175@cindex format of error messages
2176Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2177
252b5132
RH
2178@smallexample
2179file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2180@end smallexample
72e0b254 2181
252b5132
RH
2182The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2183messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2184because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2185
2186@node Invoking
2187@chapter Command-Line Options
2188
2189@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2190This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2191versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2192for options specific
252b5132 2193@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2194to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2195@end ifclear
2196@ifset GENERIC
2197to particular machine architectures.
2198@end ifset
2199
0285c67d
NC
2200@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2201
c1253627 2202If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2203you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2204The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2205by commas. For example:
2206
2207@smallexample
2208gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2209@end smallexample
2210
2211@noindent
2212This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2213standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2214local symbols in the symbol table).
2215
2216Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2217command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2218(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2219precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2220assembler.)
2221
0285c67d
NC
2222@c man end
2223
252b5132 2224@menu
83f10cb2 2225* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2226* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2227* D:: -D for compatibility
2228* f:: -f to work faster
2229* I:: -I for .include search path
2230@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2231* K:: -K for compatibility
2232@end ifclear
2233@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2234* K:: -K for difference tables
2235@end ifset
2236
ba83aca1 2237* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2238* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2239* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2240* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2241* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2242* o:: -o to name the object file
2243* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2244* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2245* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2246* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2247* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2248* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2249@end menu
2250
2251@node a
83f10cb2 2252@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2253
2254@kindex -a
2255@kindex -ac
2256@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2257@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2258@kindex -ah
2259@kindex -al
2260@kindex -an
2261@kindex -as
2262@cindex listings, enabling
2263@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2264
2265These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2266@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2267You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2268@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2269@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2270@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2271High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2272@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2273also.
2274
83f10cb2
NC
2275Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2276information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2277
252b5132
RH
2278Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2279which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2280other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2281omitted from the listing.
2282
2283Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2284listing.
2285
2286Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2287listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2288@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2289@code{.sbttl}.
2290The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2291If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2292listing-control directives have no effect.
2293
2294The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2295@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2296
96e9638b
BW
2297Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2298because it
a05a5b64 2299is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2300is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2301directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2302stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2303memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2304
caa32fe5
NC
2305@node alternate
2306@section @option{--alternate}
2307
2308@kindex --alternate
2309Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2310
252b5132 2311@node D
a4fb0134 2312@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2313
2314@kindex -D
2315This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2316likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2317@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2318
2319@node f
a4fb0134 2320@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2321
2322@kindex -f
2323@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2324@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2325@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2326(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2327and comment preprocessing on
2328the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2329,Preprocessing}.
2330
2331@quotation
2332@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2333preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2334not work correctly.
2335@end quotation
2336
2337@node I
c1253627 2338@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2339
2340@kindex -I @var{path}
2341@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2342@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2343@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2344Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2345@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2346directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2347many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2348working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2349searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2350specified (left to right) on the command line.
2351
2352@node K
a4fb0134 2353@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2354
2355@kindex -K
2356@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2357On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2358permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2359where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2360generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2361family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2362alteration on other platforms.
2363@end ifclear
2364
2365@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2366@cindex difference tables, warning
2367@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2368@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2369form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2370You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2371is done.
2372@end ifset
2373
2374@node L
ba83aca1 2375@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2376
2377@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2378@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2379Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2380@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2381called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2382such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2383programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2384notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2385such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2386
2387This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2388in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2389@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2390
c3a27914 2391@node listing
a4fb0134 2392@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914 2393
a05a5b64 2394The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2395@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2396hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2397them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2398directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2399@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2400@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2401@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2402
a4fb0134 2403@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2404@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2405@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2406@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2407Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2408dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2409
2410@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2411@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2412@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2413Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2414a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2415the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2416switch is used the default is to one.
2417
2418@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2419@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2420@cindex Width of source line output
2421Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2422alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2423source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2424
2425@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2426@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2427@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2428Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2429displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2430@end table
2431
252b5132 2432@node M
a4fb0134 2433@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2434
2435@kindex -M
2436@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2437The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2438changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
a8eb42a8
AM
2439compatible with the @code{ASM68K} assembler from Microtec Research.
2440The exact nature of the
252b5132
RH
2441MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2442information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2443arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2444assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2445
2446The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2447depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2448file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2449individually. These are:
2450
2451@itemize @bullet
2452@item global symbols in common section
2453
2454The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2455Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2456common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2457symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2458symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2459
2460@item complex relocations
2461
2462The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2463relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2464are not support by other object file formats.
2465
2466@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2467
2468The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2469This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2470instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2471script.
2472
2473@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2474
2475The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2476name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2477
2478@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2479
2480The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2481address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2482which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2483not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2484assigned within a linker script.
2485@end itemize
2486
2487There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2488@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2489seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2490
2491@itemize @bullet
2492
2493@item EBCDIC strings
2494
2495EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2496
2497@item packed binary coded decimal
2498
2499Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2500and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2501
2502@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2503
2504The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2505
2506@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2507
2508The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2509
2510@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2511
2512The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2513@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2514relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2515these options serve no purpose.
2516
2517@item @code{OPT} list control options
2518
2519The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2520@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2521@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2522
2523@item other @code{OPT} options
2524
2525The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2526@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2527
2528@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2529
2530The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2531@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2532
2533@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2534
2535The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2536
252b5132
RH
2537@end itemize
2538
2539@node MD
c1253627 2540@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2541
2542@kindex --MD
2543@cindex dependency tracking
2544@cindex make rules
2545
a4fb0134 2546@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2547file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2548dependencies of the main source file.
2549
2550The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2551
2552This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2553
2edb36e7
NC
2554@node no-pad-sections
2555@section Output Section Padding
2556@kindex --no-pad-sections
2557@cindex output section padding
2558Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2559alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2560memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2561disable this behaviour.
2562
252b5132 2563@node o
a4fb0134 2564@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2565
2566@kindex -o
2567@cindex naming object file
2568@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2569There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
a8eb42a8 2570default it has the name @file{a.out}.
252b5132
RH
2571You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2572object file a different name.
2573
a4fb0134 2574Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2575existing file of the same name.
2576
2577@node R
a4fb0134 2578@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2579
2580@kindex -R
2581@cindex data and text sections, joining
2582@cindex text and data sections, joining
2583@cindex joining text and data sections
2584@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2585@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2586data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2587the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2588section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2589your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2590appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2591
a4fb0134 2592When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2593address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2594data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2595older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2596
c1253627
NC
2597@ifset COFF-ELF
2598When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2599this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2600@samp{.data}.
2601@end ifset
2602
2603@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2604@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2605@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2606@end ifset
2607
2608@node statistics
a4fb0134 2609@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2610
2611@kindex --statistics
2612@cindex statistics, about assembly
2613@cindex time, total for assembly
2614@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2615Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2616@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2617(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2618seconds).
2619
2620@node traditional-format
c1253627 2621@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2622
2623@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2624For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2625from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2626@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2627
2628For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2629@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2630
2631@node v
a4fb0134 2632@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2633
2634@kindex -v
2635@kindex -version
2636@cindex assembler version
2637@cindex version of assembler
2638You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2639option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2640command line.
2641
2642@node W
a4fb0134 2643@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2644
a4fb0134 2645@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2646assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2647cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2648made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2649
c1253627
NC
2650@kindex -W
2651@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2652@cindex suppressing warnings
2653@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2654If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2655This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2656how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2657are still reported.
2658
c1253627 2659@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2660@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2661@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2662If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2663files that generate warnings to be in error.
2664
c1253627 2665@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2666@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2667You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2668causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2669
2670@node Z
a4fb0134 2671@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2672@cindex object file, after errors
2673@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2674After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2675some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2676@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2677option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2678writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2679errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2680
2681@node Syntax
2682@chapter Syntax
2683
2684@cindex machine-independent syntax
2685@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2686This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2687source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2688assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2689@ifclear VAX
2690assembler.
2691@end ifclear
2692@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2693assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2694@end ifset
2695
2696@menu
7c31ae13 2697* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2698* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2699* Comments:: Comments
2700* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2701* Statements:: Statements
2702* Constants:: Constants
2703@end menu
2704
2705@node Preprocessing
2706@section Preprocessing
2707
2708@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2709The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2710@itemize @bullet
2711@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2712@item
2713adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2714the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2715a single space.
2716
2717@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2718@item
2719removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2720appropriate number of newlines.
2721
2722@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2723@item
2724converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2725@end itemize
2726
2727It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2728anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2729do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2730(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2731to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2732@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
2edb36e7 2733Output, gcc info, Using GNU CC}.
252b5132
RH
2734
2735Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2736cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2737preprocessed.
2738
2739@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2740@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2741@kindex #NO_APP
2742@kindex #APP
2743If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2744@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2745Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2746specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2747text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2748@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2749@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2750and whitespace.
2751
2752@node Whitespace
2753@section Whitespace
2754
2755@cindex whitespace
2756@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2757Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2758people to read. Unless within character constants
2759(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2760as exactly one space.
2761
2762@node Comments
2763@section Comments
2764
2765@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2766There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2767cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2768
2769Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2770This means you may not nest these comments.
2771
2772@smallexample
2773/*
2774 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2775 is to use this sort of comment.
2776*/
2777
2778/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2779@end smallexample
2780
2781@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2782Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2783considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2784specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2785line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2786line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2787comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
a05a5b64 2788upon command-line options that have been used. For more details see the
7c31ae13
NC
2789@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2790
2791If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2792special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2793to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2794
2795@kindex #
2796@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2797@cindex logical line numbers
2798To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2799special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2800expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2801line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2802new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2803
2804If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2805the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2806
2807@smallexample
2808 # This is an ordinary comment.
2809# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2810 # This is logical line # 36.
2811@end smallexample
2812This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2813of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2814
2815@node Symbol Intro
2816@section Symbols
2817
2818@cindex characters used in symbols
2819@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2820A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2821letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2822@samp{_.$}.
2823@end ifclear
2824@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2825@ifclear GENERIC
2826@ifset H8
2827A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2828letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2829@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2830symbol names.)
2831@end ifset
2832@end ifclear
2833@end ifset
2834@ifset GENERIC
2835On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2836are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2837@end ifset
2838No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2839There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2840are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2841beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2842of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2843
2844Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2845cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2846quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2847backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2848@cindex length of symbols
2849
2850@node Statements
2851@section Statements
2852
2853@cindex statements, structure of
2854@cindex line separator character
2855@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2856
2857A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2858@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2859specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2860target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2861The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2862preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2863exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2864
2865@cindex newline, required at file end
2866@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2867It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2868character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2869
2870An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2871
2872@cindex instructions and directives
2873@cindex directives and instructions
2874@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2875@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2876@c 13feb91.
2877A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2878key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2879symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2880symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2881directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2882a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2883assembles into a machine language instruction.
2884@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2885Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2886recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2887represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2888language.@refill
2889@end ifset
2890
2891@cindex @code{:} (label)
2892@cindex label (@code{:})
2893A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2894Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2895have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2896
2897@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2898For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2899the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2900only one label may be defined on each line.
2901@end ifset
2902
2903@smallexample
2904label: .directive followed by something
2905another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2906 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2907@end smallexample
2908
2909@node Constants
2910@section Constants
2911
2912@cindex constants
2913A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2914inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2915@smallexample
2916@group
2917.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2918.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2919.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2920.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
292195028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2922@end group
2923@end smallexample
2924
2925@menu
2926* Characters:: Character Constants
2927* Numbers:: Number Constants
2928@end menu
2929
2930@node Characters
2931@subsection Character Constants
2932
2933@cindex character constants
2934@cindex constants, character
2935There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2936for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2937numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2938@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2939used in arithmetic expressions.
2940
2941@menu
2942* Strings:: Strings
2943* Chars:: Characters
2944@end menu
2945
2946@node Strings
2947@subsubsection Strings
2948
2949@cindex string constants
2950@cindex constants, string
2951A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2952double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2953into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2954a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2955one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2956@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2957(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2958escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2959
2960@cindex escape codes, character
2961@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
2962@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
2963@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
2964@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
2965@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
2966@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
2967@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
2968@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
2969@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
2970@table @kbd
2971@c @item \a
2972@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2973@c
361fa3a4 2974@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
2975@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2976@item \b
2977Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2978
2979@c @item \e
2980@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2981@c
361fa3a4 2982@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 2983@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 2984@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
2985Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2986
361fa3a4 2987@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
2988@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2989@item \n
2990Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2991
2992@c @item \p
2993@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2994@c
361fa3a4
NC
2995@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
2996@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
2997@item \r
2998Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2999
3000@c @item \s
3001@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
3002@c other assemblers.
3003@c
361fa3a4 3004@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
3005@cindex tab (@code{\t})
3006@item \t
3007Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
3008
3009@c @item \v
3010@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
3011@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3012@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
3013@c
361fa3a4 3014@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
3015@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
3016@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3017An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
3018For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
3019for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
3020
361fa3a4 3021@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
3022@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
3023@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
3024A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
3025lower case @code{x} works.
3026
361fa3a4 3027@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
3028@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
3029@item \\
3030Represents one @samp{\} character.
3031
3032@c @item \'
3033@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3034@c This is needed in single character literals
3035@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3036@c a @samp{'}.
3037@c
361fa3a4 3038@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3039@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3040@item \"
3041Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3042this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3043
3044@item \ @var{anything-else}
3045Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3046assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3047you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3048interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3049other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3050code and warns you of the fact.
3051@end table
3052
3053Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3054varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3055the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3056compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3057sequence.
3058
3059@node Chars
3060@subsubsection Characters
3061
3062@cindex single character constant
3063@cindex character, single
3064@cindex constant, single character
9962fe29
AM
3065A single character may be written as a single quote immediately followed by
3066that character. Some backslash escapes apply to characters, @code{\b},
3067@code{\f}, @code{\n}, @code{\r}, @code{\t}, and @code{\"} with the same meaning
3068as for strings, plus @code{\'} for a single quote. So if you want to write the
3069character backslash, you must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes
3070the second @code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a grave
3071accent. A newline
252b5132
RH
3072@ifclear GENERIC
3073@ifclear abnormal-separator
3074(or semicolon @samp{;})
3075@end ifclear
3076@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3077@ifset H8
3078(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3079Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3080@end ifset
3081@end ifset
3082@end ifclear
3083immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3084and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3085constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3086that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3087@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3088
3089@node Numbers
3090@subsection Number Constants
3091
3092@cindex constants, number
3093@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3094@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3095are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3096would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3097integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3098are floating point numbers, described below.
3099
3100@menu
3101* Integers:: Integers
3102* Bignums:: Bignums
3103* Flonums:: Flonums
3104@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3105@end ifclear
3106@end menu
3107
3108@node Integers
3109@subsubsection Integers
3110@cindex integers
3111@cindex constants, integer
3112
3113@cindex binary integers
3114@cindex integers, binary
3115A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3116the binary digits @samp{01}.
3117
3118@cindex octal integers
3119@cindex integers, octal
3120An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3121digits (@samp{01234567}).
3122
3123@cindex decimal integers
3124@cindex integers, decimal
3125A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3126more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3127
3128@cindex hexadecimal integers
3129@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3130A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3131more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3132
3133Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3134the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3135(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3136
3137@node Bignums
3138@subsubsection Bignums
3139
3140@cindex bignums
3141@cindex constants, bignum
3142A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3143except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3144represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3145integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3146
3147@node Flonums
3148@subsubsection Flonums
3149@cindex flonums
3150@cindex floating point numbers
3151@cindex constants, floating point
3152
3153@cindex precision, floating point
3154A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3155indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3156@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3157sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3158to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3159portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3160
3161A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3162@itemize @bullet
3163@item
3164The digit @samp{0}.
3165@ifset HPPA
3166(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3167@end ifset
3168
3169@item
a4fb0134 3170A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3171@ifset GENERIC
3172@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3173@ignore
3174@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3175(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
31764.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3177@end ignore
3178
a8eb42a8 3179On the H8/300 and Renesas / SuperH SH architectures, the letter must be
252b5132
RH
3180one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3181
3182On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3183(in upper or lower case).
3184
252b5132
RH
3185On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3186@end ifset
3187@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3188@ifset ARC
3189One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3190@end ifset
3191@ifset H8
3192One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3193@end ifset
3194@ifset HPPA
3195The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3196@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3197@end ifclear
3198
3199@item
3200An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3201
3202@item
3203An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3204
3205@item
3206An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3207or more decimal digits.
3208
3209@item
3210An optional exponent, consisting of:
3211
3212@itemize @bullet
3213@item
3214An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3215@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3216@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3217@item
3218Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3219@item
3220One or more decimal digits.
3221@end itemize
3222
3223@end itemize
3224
3225At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3226present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3227
a4fb0134 3228@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3229independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3230@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 3231
252b5132
RH
3232@node Sections
3233@chapter Sections and Relocation
3234@cindex sections
3235@cindex relocation
3236
3237@menu
3238* Secs Background:: Background
3239* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3240* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3241* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3242* bss:: bss Section
3243@end menu
3244
3245@node Secs Background
3246@section Background
3247
3248Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3249``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3250For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3251
3252@cindex linker, and assembler
3253@cindex assembler, and linker
3254The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3255combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3256emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3257@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3258different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3259oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3260sections.
3261
3262@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3263addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3264units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3265within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3266run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3267the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3268the proper run-time addresses.
3269@ifset H8
7be1c489 3270For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3271@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3272ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3273@end ifset
3274
3275@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3276An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3277of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3278@dfn{bss} sections.
3279
c1253627 3280@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3281@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3282When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3283@end ifset
a4fb0134 3284@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3285using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3286If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3287or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3288@end ifset
3289
3290@ifset HPPA
3291@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3292When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3293@end ifset
a4fb0134 3294@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3295specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3296@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3297(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3298assembler directives.
3299
3300@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3301Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3302text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3303is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3304BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3305@end ifset
3306@end ifset
3307
3308Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3309data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3310
3311@ifset HPPA
3312When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3313section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3314@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3315@end ifset
3316
3317To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3318relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3319object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3320@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3321file is mentioned:
3322@itemize @bullet
3323@item
3324Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3325an address?
3326@item
3327How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3328@item
3329Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3330@display
3331(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3332@end display
3333@item
3334Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3335@end itemize
3336
3337@cindex addresses, format of
3338@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3339In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3340@display
3341(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3342@end display
3343@noindent
a4fb0134 3344Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3345nature.
3346@ifset SOM
3347(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3348symbol-relative instead.)
3349@end ifset
3350
3351In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3352@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3353
3354Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3355@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3356addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3357@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3358@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3359data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3360their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3361part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3362address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3363
3364The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3365address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3366rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3367Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3368address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3369common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3370time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3371
3372By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3373the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3374sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3375customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3376the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3377data and bss sections.
3378
3379Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3380use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3381
3382@node Ld Sections
3383@section Linker Sections
3384@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3385
3386@table @strong
3387
c1253627 3388@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3389@cindex named sections
3390@cindex sections, named
3391@item named sections
3392@end ifset
a8eb42a8 3393@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3394@cindex text section
3395@cindex data section
3396@itemx text section
3397@itemx data section
3398@end ifset
a4fb0134 3399These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3400separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627 3401true of another.
a8eb42a8 3402@c @ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3403When the program is running, however, it is
3404customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3405text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3406instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3407program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3408in the data section.
c1253627 3409@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3410
3411@cindex bss section
3412@item bss section
3413This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3414is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3415each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3416out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3417bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3418those explicit zeros from object files.
3419
3420@cindex absolute section
3421@item absolute section
3422Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3423This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3424not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3425addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3426
3427@cindex undefined section
3428@item undefined section
3429This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3430the preceding sections.
3431@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3432@end table
3433
3434@cindex relocation example
3435An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3436@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3437The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3438@end ifset
3439Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3440
3441@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3442@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3443@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3444@smallexample
3445 +-----+----+--+
3446partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3447 +-----+----+--+
3448
3449 text data bss
3450 seg. seg. seg.
3451
3452 +---+---+---+
3453partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3454 +---+---+---+
3455
3456 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3457linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3458 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3459
3460 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3461@end smallexample
3462@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3463@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3464@need 5000
3465@tex
c1253627 3466\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3467\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3468\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3469\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3470
3471\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3472\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3473\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3474
3475\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3476\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3477\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3478ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3479DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3480
3481\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3482\line{0\dots\hfil}
3483
3484@end tex
3485@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3486
3487@node As Sections
3488@section Assembler Internal Sections
3489
3490@cindex internal assembler sections
3491@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3492These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3493have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3494sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3495warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3496meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3497value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3498section-relative address.
3499
3500@table @b
3501@cindex assembler internal logic error
3502@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3503An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3504bug in the assembler.
3505
3506@cindex expr (internal section)
3507@item expr section
3508The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3509symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3510it in the expr section.
3511@c FIXME item debug
3512@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3513@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3514@c FIXME item register
3515@end table
3516
3517@node Sub-Sections
3518@section Sub-Sections
3519
3520@cindex numbered subsections
3521@cindex grouping data
a8eb42a8 3522@ifset aout
252b5132 3523Assembled bytes
c1253627 3524@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3525conventionally
3526@end ifset
3527fall into two sections: text and data.
3528@end ifset
3529You may have separate groups of
3530@ifset GENERIC
3531data in named sections
3532@end ifset
3533@ifclear GENERIC
a8eb42a8 3534@ifclear aout
252b5132
RH
3535data in named sections
3536@end ifclear
a8eb42a8 3537@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3538text or data
3539@end ifset
3540@end ifclear
3541that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3542are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3543use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3544numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3545same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3546subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3547section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3548assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3549section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3550constants being output.
3551
3552Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3553goes in subsection number zero.
3554
3555@ifset GENERIC
3556Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3557(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3558of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3559@end ifset
3560@ifclear GENERIC
3561@ifset H8
7be1c489 3562On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3563boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3564The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132 3565@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3566@end ifclear
3567
3568Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3569to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3570The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3571other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3572They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3573data subsections as a data section.
3574
3575To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3576into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3577@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3578@ifset COFF
252b5132 3579@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3580When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3581@end ifset
3582@ifclear GENERIC
3583You
3584@end ifclear
3585can also use an extra subsection
3586argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3587@var{expression}}.
3588@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3589@ifset ELF
3590@ifset GENERIC
3591When generating ELF output, you
3592@end ifset
3593@ifclear GENERIC
3594You
3595@end ifclear
3596can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3597to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3598@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3599@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3600(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3601is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3602begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3603@smallexample
3604.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3605.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3606.text 1
3607.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3608.data 0
3609.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3610.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3611.text 0
3612.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3613.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3614@end smallexample
3615
3616Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3617assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3618restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3619counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3620@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3621current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3622assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3623
3624@node bss
3625@section bss Section
3626
3627@cindex bss section
3628@cindex common variable storage
3629The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3630You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3631not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3632your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3633section are zeroed bytes.
3634
3635The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3636@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3637
3638The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3639another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3640
3641@ifset GENERIC
3642When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3643COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3644see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3645section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3646@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3647@end ifset
3648
3649@node Symbols
3650@chapter Symbols
3651
3652@cindex symbols
3653Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3654things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3655to debug.
3656
3657@quotation
3658@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3659@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3660the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3661@end quotation
3662
3663@menu
3664* Labels:: Labels
3665* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3666* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3667* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3668* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3669@end menu
3670
3671@node Labels
3672@section Labels
3673
3674@cindex labels
3675A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3676@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3677active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3678operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3679different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3680definitions.
3681
3682@ifset HPPA
3683On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3684colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3685a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3686provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3687@end ifset
3688
3689@node Setting Symbols
3690@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3691
3692@cindex assigning values to symbols
3693@cindex symbol values, assigning
3694A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3695by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3696(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3697directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3698equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3699@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3700
f8739b83
JZ
3701@ifset Blackfin
3702Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3703@end ifset
3704
252b5132
RH
3705@node Symbol Names
3706@section Symbol Names
3707
3708@cindex symbol names
3709@cindex names, symbol
3710@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3711Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3712machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3713noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3714string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3715particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3716@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3717@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3718@ifset H8
3719Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3720Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3721character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3722on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3723@end ifset
3724@end ifset
3725
3726Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3727than @code{Foo}.
3728
ed1fcdd1
NC
3729Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3730Local Labels. See below.
3731
7bfd842d
NC
3732Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3733multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3734@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3735currently supported.
3736
252b5132
RH
3737Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3738refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3739in a program.
3740
3741@subheading Local Symbol Names
3742
3743@cindex local symbol names
3744@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3745A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3746By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3747@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3748set of local label prefixes.
3749@ifset HPPA
3750On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3751@end ifset
3752
3753Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3754normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3755You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3756to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3757
3758@subheading Local Labels
3759
3760@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3761@cindex temporary symbol names
3762@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3763Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3764programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3765be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3766referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3767the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3768To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3769@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3770to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3771stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3772
3773There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3774too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3775the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3776defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3777definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3778noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3779implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3780
3781Here is an example:
3782
3783@smallexample
37841: branch 1f
37852: branch 1b
37861: branch 2f
37872: branch 1b
3788@end smallexample
3789
3790Which is the equivalent of:
3791
3792@smallexample
3793label_1: branch label_3
3794label_2: branch label_1
3795label_3: branch label_4
3796label_4: branch label_3
3797@end smallexample
3798
ba83aca1 3799Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3800transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3801The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3802are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3803these parts:
252b5132
RH
3804
3805@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3806@item @emph{local label prefix}
3807All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3808Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3809that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3810used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3811@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3812object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3813you may use them in debugging.
3814
2d5aaba0
NC
3815@item @var{number}
3816This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3817label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3818
2d5aaba0
NC
3819@item @kbd{C-B}
3820This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3821of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3822
3823@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3824This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3825@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3826number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3827the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3828@end table
3829
ba83aca1
BW
3830So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3831the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3832
3833@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3834@cindex dollar local symbols
3835
ed1fcdd1
NC
3836On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3837local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3838become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3839valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3840by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3841by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3842
3843Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3844except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3845@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3846
3847They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3848names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3849to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3850@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3851
3852@node Dot
3853@section The Special Dot Symbol
3854
3855@cindex dot (symbol)
3856@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3857@cindex current address
3858@cindex location counter
3859The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3860@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3861.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3862Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3863directive.
252b5132 3864@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3865Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3866@samp{.space 4}.
3867@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3868
3869@node Symbol Attributes
3870@section Symbol Attributes
3871
3872@cindex symbol attributes
3873@cindex attributes, symbol
3874Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3875``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3876attributes.
3877@ifset INTERNALS
3878The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3879@end ifset
3880
a4fb0134 3881If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3882all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3883symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3884would want.
3885
3886@menu
3887* Symbol Value:: Value
3888* Symbol Type:: Type
a8eb42a8 3889@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3890* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3891@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3892@ifset COFF
3893* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3894@end ifset
3895@ifset SOM
3896* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3897@end ifset
3898@end menu
3899
3900@node Symbol Value
3901@subsection Value
3902
3903@cindex value of a symbol
3904@cindex symbol value
3905The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3906location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3907number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3908Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3909as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3910symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3911called absolute.
3912
3913The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
39140 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3915@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3916same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3917name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3918common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3919bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3920allocated storage.
3921
3922@node Symbol Type
3923@subsection Type
3924
3925@cindex type of a symbol
3926@cindex symbol type
3927The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3928information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3929(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3930format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3931
a8eb42a8 3932@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3933@node a.out Symbols
3934@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3935
3936@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3937@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3938
252b5132
RH
3939@menu
3940* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3941* Symbol Other:: Other
3942@end menu
3943
3944@node Symbol Desc
3945@subsubsection Descriptor
3946
3947@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3948This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3949descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3950(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3951@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3952
3953@node Symbol Other
3954@subsubsection Other
3955
3956@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3957This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3958@end ifset
3959
3960@ifset COFF
3961@node COFF Symbols
3962@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3963
3964@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3965@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3966
3967The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3968like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3969@code{.endef} directives.
3970
3971@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3972
3973@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3974The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3975respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3976
3977@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3978
3979@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3980The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3981@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3982table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3983@end ifset
3984
3985@ifset SOM
3986@node SOM Symbols
3987@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3988
3989@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3990@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3991
3992The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3993the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3994
01642c12 3995The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3996Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3997@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3998@end ifset
3999
4000@node Expressions
4001@chapter Expressions
4002
4003@cindex expressions
4004@cindex addresses
4005@cindex numeric values
4006An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4007Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4008
4009The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4010a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4011enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4012section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4013the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4014@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4015
4016@menu
4017* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4018* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4019@end menu
4020
4021@node Empty Exprs
4022@section Empty Expressions
4023
4024@cindex empty expressions
4025@cindex expressions, empty
4026An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4027Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4028expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4029is compatible with other assemblers.
4030
4031@node Integer Exprs
4032@section Integer Expressions
4033
4034@cindex integer expressions
4035@cindex expressions, integer
4036An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4037by @emph{operators}.
4038
4039@menu
4040* Arguments:: Arguments
4041* Operators:: Operators
4042* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4043* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4044@end menu
4045
4046@node Arguments
4047@subsection Arguments
4048
4049@cindex expression arguments
4050@cindex arguments in expressions
4051@cindex operands in expressions
4052@cindex arithmetic operands
4053@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4054contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4055this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4056the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4057expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4058instruction operands.
4059
4060Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4061@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4062or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4063integer.
4064
4065Numbers are usually integers.
4066
4067A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4068that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4069these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4070instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4071assemblers.
4072
4073@cindex subexpressions
4074Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4075expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4076operator followed by an argument.
4077
4078@node Operators
4079@subsection Operators
4080
4081@cindex operators, in expressions
4082@cindex arithmetic functions
4083@cindex functions, in expressions
4084@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4085operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4086between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4087whitespace.
4088
4089@node Prefix Ops
4090@subsection Prefix Operator
4091
4092@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4093@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4094one argument, which must be absolute.
4095
4096@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4097@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4098@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4099@tex
4100\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4101@end tex
4102
4103@table @code
4104@item -
4105@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4106@item ~
4107@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4108@end table
4109
4110@tex
4111\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4112@end tex
4113
4114@node Infix Ops
4115@subsection Infix Operators
4116
4117@cindex infix operators
4118@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4119@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4120have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4121to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4122absolute, and the result is absolute.
4123
4124@enumerate
4125@cindex operator precedence
4126@cindex precedence of operators
4127
4128@item
4129Highest Precedence
4130
4131@table @code
4132@item *
4133@dfn{Multiplication}.
4134
4135@item /
4136@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4137
4138@item %
4139@dfn{Remainder}.
4140
d1eac9d9 4141@item <<
252b5132
RH
4142@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4143
d1eac9d9 4144@item >>
252b5132
RH
4145@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4146@end table
4147
4148@item
4149Intermediate precedence
4150
4151@table @code
4152@item |
4153
4154@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4155
4156@item &
4157@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4158
4159@item ^
4160@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4161
4162@item !
4163@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4164@end table
4165
4166@item
b131d4dc 4167Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4168
4169@table @code
4170@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4171@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4172@cindex arguments for addition
4173@item +
4174@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4175the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4176sections.
4177
4178@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4179@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4180@cindex arguments for subtraction
4181@item -
4182@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4183result has the section of the left argument.
4184If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4185You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4186@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4187
4188@cindex comparison expressions
4189@cindex expressions, comparison
4190@item ==
4191@dfn{Is Equal To}
4192@item <>
723a8472 4193@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4194@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4195@item <
4196@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4197@item >
b131d4dc 4198@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4199@item >=
b131d4dc 4200@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4201@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4202@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4203
4204The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4205value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4206perform signed comparisons.
4207@end table
4208
4209@item Lowest Precedence
4210
4211@table @code
4212@item &&
4213@dfn{Logical And}.
4214
4215@item ||
4216@dfn{Logical Or}.
4217
4218These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4219expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4220value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4221or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4222
252b5132
RH
4223@end table
4224@end enumerate
4225
4226In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4227address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4228
4229@node Pseudo Ops
4230@chapter Assembler Directives
4231
4232@cindex directives, machine independent
4233@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4234@cindex machine independent directives
4235All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4236The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4237in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4238
4239This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4240target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4241@ifset GENERIC
4242Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4243@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4244@end ifset
4245@ifclear GENERIC
4246@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4247@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4248@end ifset
4249@end ifclear
4250
4251@menu
4252* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4253@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4254* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4255@end ifset
f0dc282c 4256
252b5132 4257* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4258* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4259* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4260* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4261* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4262* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4263* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4264* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4265* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132 4266* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
340d33e5
NC
4267* Dc:: @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
4268* Dcb:: @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
4269* Ds:: @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
4270@ifset COFF
4271* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4272@end ifset
a8eb42a8 4273@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4274* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4275@end ifset
4276@ifset COFF
4277* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4278@end ifset
f0dc282c 4279
252b5132
RH
4280* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4281* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4282* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4283* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4284* End:: @code{.end}
4285@ifset COFF
4286* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4287@end ifset
f0dc282c 4288
252b5132
RH
4289* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4290* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4291* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4292* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4293* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4294* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4295* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4296* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4297* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4298* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4299* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4300* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4301* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4302* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4303* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4304@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4305* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4306* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4307@end ifset
f0dc282c 4308
252b5132
RH
4309* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4310* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4311* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4312* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4313* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4314* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4315@ifset ELF
4316* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4317@end ifset
f0dc282c 4318
252b5132
RH
4319* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4320* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4321* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4322* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4323@ifclear no-line-dir
4324* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4325@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4326
252b5132
RH
4327* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4328* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4329* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4330* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4331* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4332@ifset ELF
4333* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4334@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4335
252b5132
RH
4336* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4337@ignore
4338* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4339@end ignore
f0dc282c 4340
252b5132
RH
4341* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4342* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4343* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132 4344* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
8f065d3b 4345* Nops:: @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
252b5132 4346* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4347* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4348* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4349* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4350@ifset ELF
4351* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4352* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4353@end ifset
f0dc282c 4354
252b5132 4355* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4356@ifset ELF
4357* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4358@end ifset
f0dc282c 4359
252b5132
RH
4360* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4361* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4362@ifset ELF
4363* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4364@end ifset
f0dc282c 4365
252b5132 4366* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4367* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4368* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4369* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4370@ifset COFF
4371* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4372@end ifset
4373@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4374* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4375@end ifset
f0dc282c 4376
252b5132
RH
4377* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4378* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4379* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4380@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4381* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4382@end ifset
884f0d36 4383@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4384* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36
BW
4385@end ifclear
4386
252b5132 4387* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4388@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4389* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36 4390@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4391@ifset have-stabs
4392* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4393@end ifset
f0dc282c 4394
38a57ae7 4395* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4396* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4397@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4398* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4399* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4400@end ifset
f0dc282c 4401
252b5132
RH
4402@ifset COFF
4403* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4404@end ifset
f0dc282c 4405
252b5132
RH
4406* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4407* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4408@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4409* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4410@end ifset
4411
c91d2e08 4412* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4413@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4414* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4415@end ifset
f0dc282c 4416
2e13b764 4417@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4418* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4419* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4420* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4421@end ifset
f0dc282c 4422
d190d046 4423* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4424* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4425* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4426* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4427@ifclear no-space-dir
4428* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4429@end ifclear
2b841ec2
AM
4430@ifset ELF
4431* 2byte:: @code{.2byte @var{expressions}}
4432* 4byte:: @code{.4byte @var{expressions}}
4433* 8byte:: @code{.8byte @var{bignums}}
4434@end ifset
252b5132
RH
4435* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4436@end menu
4437
4438@node Abort
4439@section @code{.abort}
4440
4441@cindex @code{abort} directive
4442@cindex stopping the assembly
4443This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4444compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4445assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4446of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4447quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4448
4449@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4450@node ABORT (COFF)
4451@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4452
4453@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4454When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4455synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4456
252b5132
RH
4457@end ifset
4458
4459@node Align
4460@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4461
4462@cindex padding the location counter
4463@cindex @code{align} directive
4464Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4465boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4466required, as described below.
4467
4468The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4469padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4470padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4471marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4472with no-op instructions.
4473
4474The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4475it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4476directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4477specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4478fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4479required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4480with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4481
4482The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
a8eb42a8 4483For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4484s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4485alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4486the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4487is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4488first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4489
9e9a9798 4490For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4491strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4492number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4493advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4494counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4495multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4496
4497This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4498native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4499GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4500described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4501architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4502
ccf8a69b
BW
4503@node Altmacro
4504@section @code{.altmacro}
4505Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4506
4507@ftable @code
4508@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4509One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4510generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4511replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4512replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4513separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4514define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4515
4516@item String delimiters
4517You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4518@code{"@var{string}"}:
4519
4520@table @code
4521@item '@var{string}'
4522You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4523
4524@item <@var{string}>
4525You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4526@end table
4527
4528@item single-character string escape
4529To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4530character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4531character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4532write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4533
4534@item Expression results as strings
4535You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4536and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4537@end ftable
4538
252b5132
RH
4539@node Ascii
4540@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4541
4542@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4543@cindex string literals
4544@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4545separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4546trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4547
4548@node Asciz
4549@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4550
4551@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4552@cindex zero-terminated strings
4553@cindex null-terminated strings
4554@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4555a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4556
4557@node Balign
4558@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4559
4560@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4561@cindex @code{balign} directive
4562Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4563storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4564alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4565the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4566is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4567
4568The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4569padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4570padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4571marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4572with no-op instructions.
4573
4574The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4575it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4576directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4577specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4578fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4579required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4580with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4581
4582@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4583@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4584The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4585@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4586pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4587fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
45884,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4589filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4590the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4591undefined.
4592
fa94de6b 4593@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4594@section Bundle directives
4595@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4596@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4597@cindex bundle
4598@cindex instruction bundle
4599@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4600@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4601bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4602into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4603disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4604gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4605@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4606
4607For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4608certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4609instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4610@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4611chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4612effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4613instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4614that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4615end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4616starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4617instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4618
d3b47e2b 4619@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4620@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4621@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4622The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4623allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4624are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4625aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4626@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4627directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4628
4629@cindex bundle-locked
4630For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4631appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4632instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4633and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4634instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4635sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4636@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4637entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4638boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4639first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4640aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4641bundle size.
4642
d416e51d
RM
4643For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4644inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4645nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4646@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4647matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4648same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4649
252b5132
RH
4650@node Byte
4651@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4652
4653@cindex @code{byte} directive
4654@cindex integers, one byte
4655@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4656Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4657
54cfded0 4658@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4659@section CFI directives
4660@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4661@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4662@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4663should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4664If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4665if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4666To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4667directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4668
2f0c68f2
CM
4669On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4670by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4671
bd5608dc
NC
4672Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4673which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4674
4675The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4676arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4677generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4678redefine it will result in an error.
4679
d3b47e2b 4680@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4681@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4682@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4683should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4684data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4685@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4686
01642c12 4687Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4688it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4689
d3b47e2b 4690@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4691@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4692@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4693unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4694@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4695
d3b47e2b 4696@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4697@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4698@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4699@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4700should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4701argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4702a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4703the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4704can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4705The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4706no personality routine.
4707
2f0c68f2
CM
4708@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4709@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4710@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4711defined in a compact unwinding format.
4712Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4713with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4714
4715@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4716@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4717@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4718used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4719@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4720in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4721Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4722with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4723
d3b47e2b 4724@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4725@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4726@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4727should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4728argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4729or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4730meaning that no LSDA is present.
4731
4732@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4733@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4734switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4735Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4736Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4737with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4738
4739The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4740so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4741referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4742in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4743by a section directive.
4744
4745The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4746The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4747@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4748
d3b47e2b 4749@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4750@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4751address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4752
d3b47e2b 4753@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4754@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4755now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4756remains the same.
4757
d3b47e2b 4758@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4759@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4760remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4761absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4762CFA address.
4763
d3b47e2b 4764@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4765Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
33eaf5de 4766value that is added/subtracted from the previous offset.
54cfded0 4767
d3b47e2b 4768@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4769Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4770CFA.
54cfded0 4771
084303b8
AK
4772@subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4773Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}.
4774
d3b47e2b 4775@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4776Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4777the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4778using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4779This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4780code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4781
d3b47e2b 4782@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4783Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4784
d3b47e2b 4785@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4786@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4787same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4788instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4789
d3b47e2b 4790@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4791From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4792
d3b47e2b 4793@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4794Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4795i.e. no restoration needed.
4796
48eac74c
MG
4797@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4798@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4799implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4800places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4801multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4802flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4803the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4804
4805@smallexample
4806 je label
4807 popq %rbx
4808 .cfi_restore %rbx
4809 popq %r12
4810 .cfi_restore %r12
4811 popq %rbp
4812 .cfi_restore %rbp
4813 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4814 ret
4815label:
4816 /* Do something else */
4817@end smallexample
4818
4819Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4820to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4821@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
4822locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
4823@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
4824we can write:
4825
4826@smallexample
4827 je label
4828 popq %rbx
4829 .cfi_remember_state
4830 .cfi_restore %rbx
4831 popq %r12
4832 .cfi_restore %r12
4833 popq %rbp
4834 .cfi_restore %rbp
4835 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4836 ret
4837label:
4838 .cfi_restore_state
4839 /* Do something else */
4840@end smallexample
4841
4842That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
4843as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
4844@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 4845
d3b47e2b 4846@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4847Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4848directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4849
d3b47e2b 4850@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4851Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4852
d3b47e2b 4853@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4854SPARC register window has been saved.
4855
d3b47e2b 4856@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4857Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4858might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4859opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4860
d3b47e2b 4861@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4862The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4863will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4864description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4865
4866The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4867limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4868mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4869by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4870or another register.
4871
ccf8a69b
BW
4872@node Comm
4873@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4874
ccf8a69b
BW
4875@cindex @code{comm} directive
4876@cindex symbol, common
4877@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4878common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4879of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4880definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4881allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4882absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4883the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4884using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4885
c1711530
DK
4886@ifset COFF-ELF
4887When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4888an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4889specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4890that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4891as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4892boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4893power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4894common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4895alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4896largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4897maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4898is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4899@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4900multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4901It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4902(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4903@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4904
ccf8a69b
BW
4905@ifset HPPA
4906The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4907@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4908@end ifset
07a53e5c 4909
252b5132
RH
4910@node Data
4911@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
252b5132 4912@cindex @code{data} directive
340d33e5 4913
a4fb0134 4914@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4915end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4916absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4917to zero.
4918
340d33e5
NC
4919@node Dc
4920@section @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
4921@cindex @code{dc} directive
4922
46c685ac 4923The @code{.dc} directive expects zero or more @var{expressions} separated by
340d33e5
NC
4924commas. These expressions are evaluated and their values inserted into the
4925current section. The size of the emitted value depends upon the suffix to the
4926@code{.dc} directive:
4927
4928@table @code
4929@item @samp{.a}
4930Emits N-bit values, where N is the size of an address on the target system.
4931@item @samp{.b}
4932Emits 8-bit values.
4933@item @samp{.d}
4934Emits double precision floating-point values.
4935@item @samp{.l}
4936Emits 32-bit values.
4937@item @samp{.s}
4938Emits single precision floating-point values.
4939@item @samp{.w}
4940Emits 16-bit values.
4941Note - this is true even on targets where the @code{.word} directive would emit
494232-bit values.
4943@item @samp{.x}
4944Emits long double precision floating-point values.
4945@end table
4946
4947If no suffix is used then @samp{.w} is assumed.
4948
d7c79856
MR
4949The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
4950point values.
340d33e5
NC
4951
4952@node Dcb
4953@section @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
4954@cindex @code{dcb} directive
4955This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
4956bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
4957comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
4958@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
4959
4960@table @code
4961@item @samp{.b}
4962Emits single byte values.
4963@item @samp{.d}
4964Emits double-precision floating point values.
4965@item @samp{.l}
4966Emits 4-byte values.
4967@item @samp{.s}
4968Emits single-precision floating point values.
4969@item @samp{.w}
4970Emits 2-byte values.
4971@item @samp{.x}
4972Emits long double-precision floating point values.
4973@end table
4974
4975If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
4976
4977The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
4978point values.
4979
4980@node Ds
4981@section @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
4982@cindex @code{ds} directive
4983This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
4984bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
4985comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
4986@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
4987
4988@table @code
4989@item @samp{.b}
4990Emits single byte values.
4991@item @samp{.d}
4992Emits 8-byte values.
4993@item @samp{.l}
4994Emits 4-byte values.
4995@item @samp{.p}
4996Emits 12-byte values.
4997@item @samp{.s}
4998Emits 4-byte values.
4999@item @samp{.w}
5000Emits 2-byte values.
5001@item @samp{.x}
5002Emits 12-byte values.
5003@end table
5004
5005Note - unlike the @code{.dcb} directive the @samp{.d}, @samp{.s} and @samp{.x}
d7c79856 5006suffixes do not indicate that floating-point values are to be inserted.
340d33e5
NC
5007
5008If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5009
d7c79856 5010The byte ordering is target dependent.
340d33e5
NC
5011
5012
252b5132
RH
5013@ifset COFF
5014@node Def
5015@section @code{.def @var{name}}
5016
5017@cindex @code{def} directive
5018@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
5019@cindex debugging COFF symbols
5020Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
5021definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
252b5132
RH
5022@end ifset
5023
a8eb42a8 5024@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5025@node Desc
5026@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
5027
5028@cindex @code{desc} directive
5029@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
5030@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
5031This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
5032to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
5033
5034@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 5035The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 5036configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 5037object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
5038it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
5039@end ifset
5040@end ifset
5041
5042@ifset COFF
5043@node Dim
5044@section @code{.dim}
5045
5046@cindex @code{dim} directive
5047@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5048@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5049This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5050information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5051@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
252b5132
RH
5052@end ifset
5053
5054@node Double
5055@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5056
5057@cindex @code{double} directive
5058@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5059@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5060assembles floating point numbers.
5061@ifset GENERIC
5062The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5063@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5064@end ifset
5065@ifclear GENERIC
5066@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5067On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5068in @sc{ieee} format.
5069@end ifset
5070@end ifclear
5071
5072@node Eject
5073@section @code{.eject}
5074
5075@cindex @code{eject} directive
5076@cindex new page, in listings
5077@cindex page, in listings
5078@cindex listing control: new page
5079Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5080
5081@node Else
5082@section @code{.else}
5083
5084@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5085@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5086assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5087of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5088was false.
5089
3fd9f047
TW
5090@node Elseif
5091@section @code{.elseif}
5092
5093@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5094@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5095assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5096@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5097
252b5132
RH
5098@node End
5099@section @code{.end}
5100
5101@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5102@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5103process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5104
5105@ifset COFF
5106@node Endef
5107@section @code{.endef}
5108
5109@cindex @code{endef} directive
5110This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5111@code{.def}.
252b5132
RH
5112@end ifset
5113
5114@node Endfunc
5115@section @code{.endfunc}
5116@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5117@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5118
5119@node Endif
5120@section @code{.endif}
5121
5122@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5123@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5124it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5125conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5126
5127@node Equ
5128@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5129
5130@cindex @code{equ} directive
5131@cindex assigning values to symbols
5132@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5133This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5134It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5135
5136@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5137The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5138@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5139@end ifset
5140
3c9b82ba 5141@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5142The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5143@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
33eaf5de 5144On the Z80 it is an error if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5145but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5146Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5147@end ifset
5148
252b5132
RH
5149@node Equiv
5150@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5151@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5152The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5153the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5154symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5155undefined.
252b5132 5156
01642c12 5157Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5158@smallexample
5159.ifdef SYM
5160.err
5161.endif
5162.equ SYM,VAL
5163@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5164plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5165
5166@node Eqv
5167@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5168@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5169The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5170evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5171the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5172value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5173
5174@node Err
5175@section @code{.err}
5176@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5177If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5178message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5179object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5180
d190d046
HPN
5181@node Error
5182@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5183@cindex error directive
5184
5185Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5186string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5187message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5188@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5189
5190@smallexample
5191 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5192@end smallexample
5193
252b5132
RH
5194@node Exitm
5195@section @code{.exitm}
5196Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5197
5198@node Extern
5199@section @code{.extern}
5200
5201@cindex @code{extern} directive
5202@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5203with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5204all undefined symbols as external.
5205
5206@node Fail
5207@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5208
5209@cindex @code{fail} directive
5210Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5211or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5212than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5213include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5214complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5215
252b5132 5216@node File
14082c76 5217@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5218@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5219
5220@ifclear no-file-dir
5221There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5222that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5223@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5224
5225@subheading Default Version
5226
252b5132
RH
5227@cindex logical file name
5228@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5229This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5230are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5231
5232@smallexample
5233.file @var{string}
5234@end smallexample
5235
5236@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5237recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5238to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5239statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5240old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5241
5242@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5243@end ifclear
5244
14082c76
BW
5245When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5246to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5247
5248@smallexample
5249.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5250@end smallexample
5251
5252The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5253index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5254literal.
5255
5256The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5257table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5258information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5259entries will have.
5260
252b5132
RH
5261@node Fill
5262@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5263
5264@cindex @code{fill} directive
5265@cindex writing patterns in memory
5266@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5267@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5268This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5269may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5270more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5271other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5272is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5273zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5274byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5275Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5276@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5277compatible with other people's assemblers.
5278
5279@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5280If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5281assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5282@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5283
5284@node Float
5285@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5286
5287@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5288@cindex @code{float} directive
5289This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5290has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5291@ifset GENERIC
5292The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5293@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5294@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5295@end ifset
5296@ifclear GENERIC
5297@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5298On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5299in @sc{ieee} format.
5300@end ifset
5301@end ifclear
5302
5303@node Func
5304@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5305@cindex @code{func} directive
5306@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5307is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5308Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5309@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5310prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5311@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5312All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5313The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5314
5315@node Global
5316@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5317
5318@cindex @code{global} directive
5319@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5320@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5321@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5322other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5323@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5324from another file linked into the same program.
5325
5326Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5327compatibility with other assemblers.
5328
5329@ifset HPPA
5330On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5331partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5332@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5333@end ifset
5334
c91d2e08 5335@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5336@node Gnu_attribute
5337@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5338Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5339
c91d2e08
NC
5340@node Hidden
5341@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5342
c1253627
NC
5343@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5344@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5345This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5346@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5347@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5348
5349This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5350their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5351@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5352Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5353@end ifset
5354
252b5132
RH
5355@node hword
5356@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5357
5358@cindex @code{hword} directive
5359@cindex integers, 16-bit
5360@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5361@cindex sixteen bit integers
5362This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5363a 16 bit number for each.
5364
5365@ifset GENERIC
5366This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5367architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5368@end ifset
5369@ifclear GENERIC
5370@ifset W32
5371This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5372@end ifset
5373@ifset W16
5374This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5375@end ifset
5376@end ifclear
5377
5378@node Ident
5379@section @code{.ident}
5380
5381@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5382
5383This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5384behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5385a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5386source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5387for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5388@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5389emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5390
5391@node If
5392@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5393
5394@cindex conditional assembly
5395@cindex @code{if} directive
5396@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5397considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5398(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5399the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5400(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5401alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5402If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5403nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5404
5405The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5406@table @code
5407@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5408@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5409Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5410has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5411is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5412
26aca5f6
JB
5413@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5414@item .ifb @var{text}
5415Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5416
252b5132
RH
5417@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5418@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5419Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5420strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5421the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5422end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5423string comparison is case sensitive.
5424
5425@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5426@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5427Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5428
5429@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5430@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5431Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5432
5433@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5434@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5435Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5436equal to zero.
5437
5438@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5439@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5440Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5441
5442@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5443@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5444Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5445to zero.
5446
5447@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5448@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5449Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5450
26aca5f6
JB
5451@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5452@item .ifnb @var{text}
5453Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5454following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5455
252b5132
RH
5456@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5457@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5458Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5459following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5460
5461@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5462@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5463@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5464@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5465Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5466has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5467which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5468
5469@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5470@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5471Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5472(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5473
5474@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5475@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5476Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5477following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5478@end table
5479
7e005732
NC
5480@node Incbin
5481@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5482
5483@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5484@cindex binary files, including
5485The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5486location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5487option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5488around @var{file}.
5489
5490The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5491@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5492read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5493responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5494after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5495
252b5132
RH
5496@node Include
5497@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5498
5499@cindex @code{include} directive
5500@cindex supporting files, including
5501@cindex files, including
5502This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5503points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5504if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5505included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5506can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5507(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5508around @var{file}.
5509
5510@node Int
5511@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5512
5513@cindex @code{int} directive
5514@cindex integers, 32-bit
5515Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5516For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5517expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5518of target the assembly is for.
5519
5520@ifclear GENERIC
5521@ifset H8
7be1c489 5522On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5523integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
552432-bit integers.
5525@end ifset
5526@end ifclear
5527
c91d2e08
NC
5528@ifset ELF
5529@node Internal
5530@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5531
c1253627
NC
5532@cindex @code{internal} directive
5533@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5534This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5535@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5536@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5537
5538This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5539their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5540@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5541(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5542processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5543@end ifset
5544
252b5132
RH
5545@node Irp
5546@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5547
5548@cindex @code{irp} directive
5549Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5550The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5551terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5552set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5553@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5554@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5555sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5556
5557For example, assembling
5558
5559@example
5560 .irp param,1,2,3
5561 move d\param,sp@@-
5562 .endr
5563@end example
5564
5565is equivalent to assembling
5566
5567@example
5568 move d1,sp@@-
5569 move d2,sp@@-
5570 move d3,sp@@-
5571@end example
5572
96e9638b 5573For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5574
252b5132
RH
5575@node Irpc
5576@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5577
5578@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5579Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5580The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5581terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5582@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5583assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5584assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5585@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5586
5587For example, assembling
5588
5589@example
5590 .irpc param,123
5591 move d\param,sp@@-
5592 .endr
5593@end example
5594
5595is equivalent to assembling
5596
5597@example
5598 move d1,sp@@-
5599 move d2,sp@@-
5600 move d3,sp@@-
5601@end example
5602
5e75c3ab
JB
5603For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5604at @xref{Macro}.
5605
252b5132
RH
5606@node Lcomm
5607@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5608
5609@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5610@cindex local common symbols
5611@cindex symbols, local common
5612Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5613denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5614those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5615section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5616is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5617not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5618
5619@ifset GENERIC
5620Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5621argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5622@end ifset
5623
5624@ifset HPPA
5625The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5626@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5627@end ifset
5628
5629@node Lflags
5630@section @code{.lflags}
5631
5632@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5633@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5634assemblers, but ignores it.
5635
5636@ifclear no-line-dir
5637@node Line
5638@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5639
5640@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132 5641@cindex logical line number
a8eb42a8 5642@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5643Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5644expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5645statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5646reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5647@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5648for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5649@end ifset
5650
252b5132 5651Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5652@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5653when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5654were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5655@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5656
5657Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5658used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5659debugging.
5660@end ifclear
5661
5662@node Linkonce
5663@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5664@cindex COMDAT
5665@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5666@cindex common sections
5667Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5668This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5669but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5670The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5671Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5672unique.
5673
5674This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5675writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5676Executable format used on Windows NT.
5677
5678The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5679following strings. For example:
5680@smallexample
5681.linkonce same_size
5682@end smallexample
5683Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5684
5685@table @code
5686@item discard
5687Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5688
5689@item one_only
5690Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5691
5692@item same_size
5693Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5694
5695@item same_contents
5696Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5697@end table
5698
ccf8a69b
BW
5699@node List
5700@section @code{.list}
5701
5702@cindex @code{list} directive
5703@cindex listing control, turning on
5704Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5705not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5706internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5707counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5708generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5709
5710By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
a05a5b64 5711@samp{-a} command-line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
ccf8a69b
BW
5712the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5713
252b5132
RH
5714@node Ln
5715@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5716
5717@cindex @code{ln} directive
5718@ifclear no-line-dir
5719@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5720@end ifclear
5721@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5722Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5723must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5724line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5725statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5726line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
252b5132
RH
5727@end ifset
5728
ccf8a69b
BW
5729@node Loc
5730@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5731@cindex @code{loc} directive
5732When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5733the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5734number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5735instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5736arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5737the row is added.
252b5132 5738
ccf8a69b
BW
5739The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5740
5741@table @code
5742@item basic_block
5743This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5744@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5745
5746@item prologue_end
5747This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5748@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5749
5750@item epilogue_begin
5751This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5752@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5753
5754@item is_stmt @var{value}
5755This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5756@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5757either 0 or 1.
5758
5759@item isa @var{value}
5760This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5761state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5762
92846e72
CC
5763@item discriminator @var{value}
5764This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5765state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5766
ba8826a8
AO
5767@item view @var{value}
5768This option causes a row to be added to @code{.debug_line} in reference to the
5769current address (which might not be the same as that of the following assembly
5770instruction), and to associate @var{value} with the @code{view} register in the
5771@code{.debug_line} state machine. If @var{value} is a label, both the
5772@code{view} register and the label are set to the number of prior @code{.loc}
5773directives at the same program location. If @var{value} is the literal
5774@code{0}, the @code{view} register is set to zero, and the assembler asserts
5775that there aren't any prior @code{.loc} directives at the same program
5776location. If @var{value} is the literal @code{-0}, the assembler arrange for
5777the @code{view} register to be reset in this row, even if there are prior
5778@code{.loc} directives at the same program location.
5779
ccf8a69b
BW
5780@end table
5781
5782@node Loc_mark_labels
5783@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5784@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5785When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5786the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5787to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5788register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5789The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5790this function respectively.
252b5132 5791
4d4175af
BW
5792@ifset ELF
5793@node Local
5794@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5795
5796@cindex @code{local} directive
5797This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5798the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5799will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5800they will be created.
5801
5802For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5803accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5804the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5805(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5806@end ifset
5807
252b5132
RH
5808@node Long
5809@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5810
5811@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5812@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5813
5814@ignore
5815@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5816@c what it really ought to do
5817@node Lsym
5818@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5819
5820@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5821@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5822@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5823the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5824rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5825the same as the expression value:
5826@smallexample
5827@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5828@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5829@var{value} = @var{expression}
5830@end smallexample
5831@noindent
5832The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5833@end ignore
5834
5835@node Macro
5836@section @code{.macro}
5837
5838@cindex macros
5839The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5840generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5841@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5842
5843@example
5844 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5845 .long \from
5846 .if \to-\from
5847 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5848 .endif
5849 .endm
5850@end example
5851
5852@noindent
5853With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5854
5855@example
5856 .long 0
5857 .long 1
5858 .long 2
5859 .long 3
5860 .long 4
5861 .long 5
5862@end example
5863
5864@ftable @code
5865@item .macro @var{macname}
5866@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5867@cindex @code{macro} directive
5868Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5869definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5870separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5871indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5872@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5873(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5874macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5875cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5876subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5877definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5878
5879@table @code
5880@item .macro comm
5881Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5882arguments.
5883
6258339f 5884@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5885@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5886Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5887which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5888@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5889
5890@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5891Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5892arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5893After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5894@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5895@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5896,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5897@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5898
6eaeac8a
JB
5899@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5900Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5901arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5902not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5903will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5904
252b5132
RH
5905When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5906position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5907@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5908
6258339f
NC
5909@end table
5910
5e75c3ab
JB
5911Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5912as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5913occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5914characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5915(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5916architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5917character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5918replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5919construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5920identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5921this macro definition:
5922
5923@example
5924 .macro label l
5925\l:
5926 .endm
5927@end example
5928
5929might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5930called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5931assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5932identifier.
5933
5934Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5935which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5936for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5937length specifier like this:
5938
5939@example
5940 .macro opcode base length
5941 \base.\length
5942 .endm
5943@end example
5944
5945and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5946instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5947interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5948
5949There are several possible ways around this problem:
5950
5951@table @code
5952@item Insert white space
5953If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5954solution. eg:
5955
5956@example
5957 .macro label l
5958\l :
5959 .endm
5960@end example
5961
5962@item Use @samp{\()}
5963The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5964the following text. eg:
5965
5966@example
5967 .macro opcode base length
5968 \base\().\length
5969 .endm
5970@end example
5971
5972@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5973In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5974used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5975
5976@example
5977 .altmacro
5978 .macro label l
5979l&:
5980 .endm
5981@end example
6258339f 5982@end table
5e75c3ab 5983
96e9638b 5984Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5985also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5986and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5987
252b5132
RH
5988@item .endm
5989@cindex @code{endm} directive
5990Mark the end of a macro definition.
5991
5992@item .exitm
5993@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5994Exit early from the current macro definition.
5995
5996@cindex number of macros executed
5997@cindex macros, count executed
5998@item \@@
a4fb0134 5999@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
6000executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
6001output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
6002
252b5132
RH
6003@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
6004@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
6005macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
6006@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
6007@end ftable
252b5132 6008
ccf8a69b
BW
6009@node MRI
6010@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 6011
ccf8a69b
BW
6012@cindex @code{mri} directive
6013@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
6014If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
6015@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
6016affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
6017of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 6018
caa32fe5
NC
6019@node Noaltmacro
6020@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 6021Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 6022
252b5132
RH
6023@node Nolist
6024@section @code{.nolist}
6025
6026@cindex @code{nolist} directive
6027@cindex listing control, turning off
6028Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
6029not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
6030internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
6031counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
6032generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
6033
8f065d3b
L
6034@node Nops
6035@section @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
62a02d25 6036
8f065d3b 6037@cindex @code{nops} directive
62a02d25
L
6038@cindex filling memory with no-op instructions
6039This directive emits @var{size} bytes filled with no-op instructions.
6040@var{size} is absolute expression, which must be a positve value.
6041@var{control} controls how no-op instructions should be generated. If
6042the comma and @var{control} are omitted, @var{control} is assumed to be
6043zero.
6044
6045Note: For Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 targets, @var{control} specifies
6046the size limit of a no-op instruction. The valid values of @var{control}
3ae729d5
L
6047are between 0 and 4 in 16-bit mode, between 0 and 7 when tuning for
6048older processors in 32-bit mode, between 0 and 11 in 64-bit mode or when
6049tuning for newer processors in 32-bit mode. When 0 is used, the no-op
6050instruction size limit is set to the maximum supported size.
62a02d25 6051
252b5132
RH
6052@node Octa
6053@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6054
a8eb42a8 6055@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on some? Or warn?
252b5132
RH
6056@cindex @code{octa} directive
6057@cindex integer, 16-byte
6058@cindex sixteen byte integer
6059This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6060bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6061
6062The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6063hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6064
9aec2026
NC
6065@node Offset
6066@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6067
6068@cindex @code{offset} directive
6069Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6070be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6071symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6072directive.
9aec2026 6073
252b5132
RH
6074@node Org
6075@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6076
6077@cindex @code{org} directive
6078@cindex location counter, advancing
6079@cindex advancing location counter
6080@cindex current address, advancing
6081Advance the location counter of the current section to
6082@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6083expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6084you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6085wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6086with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6087@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6088is the same as the current subsection.
6089
6090@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6091unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6092backwards.
6093
6094@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6095@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6096@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6097Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6098may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6099a chance to share your improved assembler.
6100
6101Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6102to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6103people's assemblers.
6104
6105When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6106intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6107absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6108@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6109
6110@node P2align
6111@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
6112
6113@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6114@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6115Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6116storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6117number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6118advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
6119counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
6120multiple of 8, no change is needed.
6121
6122The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6123padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 6124padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
6125marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6126with no-op instructions.
6127
6128The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6129it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6130directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6131specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6132fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6133required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6134with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6135
6136@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6137@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6138The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6139@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6140pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6141fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
61422,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6143filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6144the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6145undefined.
6146
ccf8a69b
BW
6147@ifset ELF
6148@node PopSection
6149@section @code{.popsection}
6150
6151@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6152@cindex Section Stack
6153This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6154@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6155@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6156(@pxref{Previous}).
6157
6158This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6159section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6160stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6161@end ifset
6162
c91d2e08
NC
6163@ifset ELF
6164@node Previous
6165@section @code{.previous}
6166
c1253627 6167@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6168@cindex Section Stack
6169This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6170@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6171@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6172(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6173
6174This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6175referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6176@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6177subsections). For example:
6178
6179@smallexample
6180.section A
6181 .subsection 1
6182 .word 0x1234
6183 .subsection 2
6184 .word 0x5678
6185.previous
6186 .word 0x9abc
6187@end smallexample
6188
6189Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6190section A. Whilst:
6191
6192@smallexample
6193.section A
6194.subsection 1
6195 # Now in section A subsection 1
6196 .word 0x1234
6197.section B
6198.subsection 0
6199 # Now in section B subsection 0
6200 .word 0x5678
6201.subsection 1
6202 # Now in section B subsection 1
6203 .word 0x9abc
6204.previous
6205 # Now in section B subsection 0
6206 .word 0xdef0
6207@end smallexample
6208
6209Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6210section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6211
6212In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6213the top section on the section stack.
6214@end ifset
6215
252b5132
RH
6216@node Print
6217@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6218
6219@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6220@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6221assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6222
c91d2e08
NC
6223@ifset ELF
6224@node Protected
6225@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6226
c1253627
NC
6227@cindex @code{protected} directive
6228@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6229This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6230@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6231
6232This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6233their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6234@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6235components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6236component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6237this.
c91d2e08
NC
6238@end ifset
6239
252b5132
RH
6240@node Psize
6241@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6242
6243@cindex @code{psize} directive
6244@cindex listing control: paper size
6245@cindex paper size, for listings
6246Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6247number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6248
6249If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6250of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6251default width is 200 columns.
6252
a4fb0134 6253@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6254lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6255@code{.eject}).
6256
6257If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6258those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6259
6260@node Purgem
6261@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6262
6263@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6264Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6265expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6266
c91d2e08
NC
6267@ifset ELF
6268@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6269@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6270
c1253627 6271@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6272@cindex Section Stack
6273This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6274@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6275@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6276(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6277
e9863d7f
DJ
6278This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6279top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6280subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6281@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6282as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6283@end ifset
6284
252b5132
RH
6285@node Quad
6286@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6287
6288@cindex @code{quad} directive
6289@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6290each bignum, it emits
6291@ifclear bignum-16
6292an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6293warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6294@cindex eight-byte integer
6295@cindex integer, 8-byte
6296
6297The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6298hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6299@end ifclear
6300@ifset bignum-16
6301a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6302warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6303@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6304@cindex integer, 16-byte
6305@end ifset
6306
05e9452c
AM
6307@node Reloc
6308@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6309
6310@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6311Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6312@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6313the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6314symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6315@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6316absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6317targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6318relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6319section.
6320
252b5132
RH
6321@node Rept
6322@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6323
6324@cindex @code{rept} directive
6325Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6326@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6327
6328For example, assembling
6329
6330@example
6331 .rept 3
6332 .long 0
6333 .endr
6334@end example
6335
6336is equivalent to assembling
6337
6338@example
6339 .long 0
6340 .long 0
6341 .long 0
6342@end example
6343
808811a3
NC
6344A count of zero is allowed, but nothing is generated. Negative counts are not
6345allowed and if encountered will be treated as if they were zero.
6346
252b5132
RH
6347@node Sbttl
6348@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6349
6350@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6351@cindex subtitles for listings
6352@cindex listing control: subtitle
6353Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6354title line) when generating assembly listings.
6355
6356This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6357it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6358
6359@ifset COFF
6360@node Scl
6361@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6362
6363@cindex @code{scl} directive
6364@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6365@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6366Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6367used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6368whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6369symbolic debugging information.
252b5132
RH
6370@end ifset
6371
c1253627 6372@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6373@node Section
c1253627 6374@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6375
252b5132
RH
6376@cindex named section
6377Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6378named @var{name}.
6379
6380This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6381named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6382with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6383
c1253627
NC
6384@ifset COFF
6385@ifset ELF
6386@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6387@subheading COFF Version
6388@end ifset
6389
6390@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6391For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6392ways:
c91d2e08 6393
252b5132
RH
6394@smallexample
6395.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6396.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6397@end smallexample
6398
6399If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6400section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6401
252b5132
RH
6402@table @code
6403@item b
6404bss section (uninitialized data)
6405@item n
6406section is not loaded
6407@item w
6408writable section
6409@item d
6410data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6411@item e
6412exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6413@item r
6414read-only section
6415@item x
6416executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6417@item s
6418shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6419@item a
6420ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6421@item y
6422section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6423@item 0-9
6424single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6425@end table
6426
6427If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6428the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6429loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6430from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6431will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6432
6433If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6434taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6435@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6436
6437@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6438@ifset COFF
6439@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6440@subheading ELF Version
6441@end ifset
6442
c91d2e08
NC
6443@cindex Section Stack
6444This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6445@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6446(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6447@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6448
c1253627 6449@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6450For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6451
252b5132 6452@smallexample
7047dd1e 6453.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6454@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6455
451133ce
NP
6456@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6457@kindex --sectname-subst
6458@cindex section name substitution
6459If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6460argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6461at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6462
6463@smallexample
6464.macro exception_code
6465.section %S.exception
6466[exception code here]
6467.previous
6468.endm
6469
6470.text
6471[code]
6472exception_code
6473[...]
6474
6475.section .init
6476[init code]
6477exception_code
6478[...]
6479@end smallexample
6480
6481The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6482@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
33eaf5de
NC
6483This is useful e.g. to discriminate between ancillary sections that are
6484tied to setup code to be discarded after use from ancillary sections that
451133ce
NP
6485need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6486macros just for that purpose.
6487
252b5132 6488The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6489combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6490
252b5132
RH
6491@table @code
6492@item a
6493section is allocatable
a91e1603
L
6494@item d
6495section is a GNU_MBIND section
18ae9cc1
L
6496@item e
6497section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6498@item w
6499section is writable
6500@item x
6501section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6502@item M
6503section is mergeable
6504@item S
6505section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6506@item G
6507section is a member of a section group
6508@item T
6509section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6510@item ?
6511section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6512@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6513a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6514field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6515also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6516resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6517@item @code{<target specific>}
6518some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6519@end table
6520
9fb71ee4
NC
6521Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6522a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6523flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6524@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6525(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6526section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6527
252b5132 6528The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6529
252b5132
RH
6530@table @code
6531@item @@progbits
6532section contains data
6533@item @@nobits
6534section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6535@item @@note
6536section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6537@item @@init_array
6538section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6539@item @@fini_array
6540section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6541@item @@preinit_array
6542section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6543@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6544a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6545@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6546some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6547@end table
6548
9fb71ee4
NC
6549Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6550enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6551
ececec60
NC
6552Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6553ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6554@code{%} character.
6555
9fb71ee4
NC
6556Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6557special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6558type will generate an error from the assembler.
6559
22fe14ad 6560If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6561be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6562
6563@smallexample
6564.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6565@end smallexample
6566
6567Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6568constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6569@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6570@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6571the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6572absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6573which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6574@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6575@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6576
6577If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6578be present along with an additional field like this:
6579
6580@smallexample
6581.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6582@end smallexample
6583
6584The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6585particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6586
22fe14ad
NC
6587@table @code
6588@item comdat
6589indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6590@item .gnu.linkonce
6591an alias for comdat
6592@end table
6593
96e9638b 6594Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6595the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6596
6597@smallexample
6598.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6599@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6600
01642c12
RM
6601If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6602@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6603present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6604this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6605@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6606If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6607
252b5132
RH
6608If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6609the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6610none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6611executable. The section will contain data.
6612
6613For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6614directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6615
252b5132
RH
6616@smallexample
6617.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6618@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6619
252b5132
RH
6620Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6621separated flags:
eda683bb 6622
252b5132
RH
6623@table @code
6624@item #alloc
6625section is allocatable
6626@item #write
6627section is writable
6628@item #execinstr
6629section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6630@item #exclude
6631section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6632@item #tls
6633section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6634@end table
c91d2e08 6635
e9863d7f
DJ
6636This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6637contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6638some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6639work.
c1253627
NC
6640@end ifset
6641@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6642
6643@node Set
6644@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6645
6646@cindex @code{set} directive
6647@cindex symbol value, setting
6648Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6649changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6650@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6651flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6652
5d239759
NC
6653You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6654values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6655involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6656being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6657addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6658final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6659the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6660different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6661
6662If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6663file is the last value stored into it.
6664
3c9b82ba
NC
6665@ifset Z80
6666On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6667@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6668@end ifset
6669
252b5132
RH
6670@node Short
6671@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6672
6673@cindex @code{short} directive
6674@ifset GENERIC
6675@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6676@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6677
6678In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6679numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6680@end ifset
6681@ifclear GENERIC
6682@ifset W16
6683@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6684@end ifset
6685@ifset W32
6686This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6687a 16 bit number for each.
6688@end ifset
6689@end ifclear
6690
6691@node Single
6692@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6693
6694@cindex @code{single} directive
6695@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6696This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6697has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6698@ifset GENERIC
6699The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6700@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6701@end ifset
6702@ifclear GENERIC
6703@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6704On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6705numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6706@end ifset
6707@end ifclear
6708
c1253627 6709@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6710@node Size
c1253627 6711@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6712
c1253627
NC
6713This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6714
6715@ifset COFF
6716@ifset ELF
6717@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6718@subheading COFF Version
6719@end ifset
6720
6721@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6722For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6723@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6724
6725@smallexample
6726.size @var{expression}
6727@end smallexample
252b5132 6728
c1253627 6729@end ifset
c91d2e08 6730
c1253627
NC
6731@ifset ELF
6732@ifset COFF
6733@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6734@subheading ELF Version
6735@end ifset
6736
6737@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6738For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6739
c1253627
NC
6740@smallexample
6741.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6742@end smallexample
6743
6744This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6745The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6746arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6747symbols.
c1253627
NC
6748@end ifset
6749@end ifset
252b5132 6750
252b5132
RH
6751@ifclear no-space-dir
6752@node Skip
340d33e5 6753@section @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6754
6755@cindex @code{skip} directive
6756@cindex filling memory
6757This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6758@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6759@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6760@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6761@end ifclear
252b5132 6762
ccf8a69b
BW
6763@node Sleb128
6764@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6765
6766@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6767@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6768compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6769symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6770
884f0d36 6771@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 6772@node Space
340d33e5 6773@section @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6774
6775@cindex @code{space} directive
6776@cindex filling memory
6777This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6778@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6779and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6780as @samp{.skip}.
6781
6782@ifset HPPA
6783@quotation
6784@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6785targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6786Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6787@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6788for a summary.
6789@end quotation
6790@end ifset
6791@end ifclear
6792
252b5132
RH
6793@ifset have-stabs
6794@node Stab
6795@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6796
6797@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6798@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6799There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6800All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6801The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6802cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6803Up to five fields are required:
6804
6805@table @var
6806@item string
6807This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6808@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6809debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6810using this field.
6811
6812@item type
6813An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6814this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6815and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6816
6817@item other
6818An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6819low 8 bits of this expression.
6820
6821@item desc
6822An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6823bits of this expression.
6824
6825@item value
6826An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6827@end table
6828
6829If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6830or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6831you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6832compatible with earlier assemblers!
6833
6834@table @code
6835@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6836@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6837
6838The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6839It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6840null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6841strings.
6842
6843The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6844relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6845is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6846assembled.
6847
6848@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6849@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6850The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6851
6852@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6853@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6854All five fields are specified.
6855@end table
6856@end ifset
6857@c end have-stabs
6858
6859@node String
38a57ae7 6860@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6861"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6862
6863@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6864@cindex string8, copying to object file
6865@cindex string16, copying to object file
6866@cindex string32, copying to object file
6867@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6868@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6869@cindex @code{string8} directive
6870@cindex @code{string16} directive
6871@cindex @code{string32} directive
6872@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6873
6874Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6875one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6876particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6877You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6878
01642c12 6879The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6880the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6881copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6882are stored in target endianness byte order.
6883
6884Example:
6885@smallexample
6886 .string32 "BYE"
6887expands to:
6888 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6889 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6890@end smallexample
6891
6892
252b5132
RH
6893@node Struct
6894@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6895
6896@cindex @code{struct} directive
6897Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6898which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6899@smallexample
6900 .struct 0
6901field1:
6902 .struct field1 + 4
6903field2:
6904 .struct field2 + 4
6905field3:
6906@end smallexample
6907This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6908@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6909value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6910use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6911before further assembly.
6912
c91d2e08
NC
6913@ifset ELF
6914@node SubSection
6915@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6916
c1253627 6917@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6918@cindex Section Stack
6919This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6920@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6921@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6922(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6923
6924This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6925section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6926in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6927@end ifset
6928
252b5132
RH
6929@ifset ELF
6930@node Symver
6931@section @code{.symver}
6932@cindex @code{symver} directive
6933@cindex symbol versioning
6934@cindex versions of symbols
6935Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6936within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6937typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6938There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6939into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6940shared library.
6941
79082ff0 6942For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6943@smallexample
6944.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6945@end smallexample
339681c0 6946If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6947being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6948alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6949just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6950permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6951of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6952itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6953have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6954file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6955function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6956the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6957building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6958symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6959nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6960
6961If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6962references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6963reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6964symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6965
6966Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6967@smallexample
6968.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6969@end smallexample
6970In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6971the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6972difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6973references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6974
6975The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6976@smallexample
6977.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6978@end smallexample
6979When @var{name} is not defined within the
6980file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6981@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6982name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6983@end ifset
6984
6985@ifset COFF
6986@node Tag
6987@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6988
6989@cindex COFF structure debugging
6990@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6991@cindex @code{tag} directive
6992This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6993information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6994@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6995definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
252b5132
RH
6996@end ifset
6997
6998@node Text
6999@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
7000
7001@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 7002Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
7003the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
7004expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
7005is used.
7006
7007@node Title
7008@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
7009
7010@cindex @code{title} directive
7011@cindex listing control: title line
7012Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
7013source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
7014
7015This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
7016it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
7017
c1253627 7018@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 7019@node Type
c1253627
NC
7020@section @code{.type}
7021
7022This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
7023
7024@ifset COFF
7025@ifset ELF
7026@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7027@subheading COFF Version
7028@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7029
7030@cindex COFF symbol type
7031@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
7032@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
7033For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
7034@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7035
7036@smallexample
7037.type @var{int}
7038@end smallexample
7039
7040This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7041entry.
252b5132 7042
c1253627 7043@end ifset
c91d2e08 7044
c1253627
NC
7045@ifset ELF
7046@ifset COFF
7047@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7048@subheading ELF Version
7049@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7050
7051@cindex ELF symbol type
7052@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7053@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7054For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7055
7056@smallexample
7057.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7058@end smallexample
7059
7060This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7061function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7062supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7063compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7064
7065Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7066@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7067below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7068the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7069maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7070assemblers.
7071
7072The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7073
7074@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7075 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7076 .type <name>,#<type>
7077 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7078 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7079 .type <name>,"<type>"
7080@end smallexample
7081
7082The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7083
5671778d
NC
7084@table @gcctabopt
7085@item STT_FUNC
7086@itemx function
7087Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7088
d8045f23
NC
7089@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7090@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7091Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7092processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7093
5671778d
NC
7094@item STT_OBJECT
7095@itemx object
7096Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7097
7098@item STT_TLS
7099@itemx tls_object
33eaf5de 7100Mark the symbol as being a thread-local data object.
5671778d
NC
7101
7102@item STT_COMMON
7103@itemx common
7104Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7105
7106@item STT_NOTYPE
7107@itemx notype
7108Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7109
3e7a7d11
NC
7110@item gnu_unique_object
7111Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7112will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7113name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7114systems).
3e7a7d11 7115
5671778d
NC
7116@end table
7117
7118Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7119
c1253627
NC
7120@end ifset
7121@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7122
7123@node Uleb128
7124@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7125
7126@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7127@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7128compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7129symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7130
7131@ifset COFF
7132@node Val
7133@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7134
7135@cindex @code{val} directive
7136@cindex COFF value attribute
7137@cindex value attribute, COFF
7138This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7139records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7140entry.
252b5132
RH
7141@end ifset
7142
2e13b764 7143@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7144@node Version
7145@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7146
c1253627 7147@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7148This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7149formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7150@end ifset
2e13b764 7151
c91d2e08
NC
7152@ifset ELF
7153@node VTableEntry
7154@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7155
653cfe85 7156@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7157This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7158@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7159
c91d2e08
NC
7160@node VTableInherit
7161@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7162
653cfe85 7163@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7164This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7165@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7166parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7167parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7168@end ifset
2e13b764 7169
d190d046
HPN
7170@node Warning
7171@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7172@cindex warning directive
7173Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7174(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7175
c91d2e08
NC
7176@node Weak
7177@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7178
c1253627 7179@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7180This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7181@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7182
01642c12 7183On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7184directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7185@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7186
977cdf5a 7187On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7188When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7189alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7190
06e77878
AO
7191@node Weakref
7192@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7193
7194@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7195This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7196be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7197If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7198will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7199symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7200
7201The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7202assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7203symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7204resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7205had the references to the alias removed.
7206
7207The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7208within the assembler.
7209
252b5132
RH
7210@node Word
7211@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7212
7213@cindex @code{word} directive
7214This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7215separated by commas.
7216@ifclear GENERIC
7217@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7218For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7219@end ifset
7220@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7221For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7222@end ifset
7223@end ifclear
7224@ifset GENERIC
7225
7226The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7227depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7228@end ifset
7229
a8eb42a8 7230@c on sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
252b5132
RH
7231@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7232@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7233@cindex difference tables altered
7234@cindex altered difference tables
7235@quotation
7236@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7237@end quotation
7238
7239@ifset GENERIC
7240Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7241addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7242interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7243@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7244
7245@end ifset
7246In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7247@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7248Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7249compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7250directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7251@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7252creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7253This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7254first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7255of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7256table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7257contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7258@code{sym2}.
7259
7260If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7261secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7262@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7263long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7264and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7265minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7266entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7267
7268@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7269@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7270@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7271assembly language programmers.
7272@end ifset
7273@end ifset
7274@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7275
7ce98c16
NC
7276@ifclear no-space-dir
7277@node Zero
7278@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7279
7280@cindex @code{zero} directive
7281@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7282This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7283expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
7284so in can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7285instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7286@end ifclear
7287
2b841ec2
AM
7288@ifset ELF
7289@node 2byte
ea86f534 7290@section @code{.2byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7291@cindex @code{2byte} directive
7292@cindex two-byte integer
7293@cindex integer, 2-byte
2b841ec2 7294
e406e428
NC
7295This directive expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas. If there
7296are no expressions then the directive does nothing. Otherwise each expression
7297is evaluated in turn and placed in the next two bytes of the current output
7298section, using the endian model of the target. If an expression will not fit
7299in two bytes, a warning message is displayed and the least significant two
7300bytes of the expression's value are used. If an expression cannot be evaluated
7301at assembly time then relocations will be generated in order to compute the
7302value at link time.
7303
7304This directive does not apply any alignment before or after inserting the
7305values. As a result of this, if relocations are generated, they may be
7306different from those used for inserting values with a guaranteed alignment.
7307
8b1e5da1 7308This directive is only available for ELF targets,
2b841ec2
AM
7309
7310@node 4byte
ea86f534 7311@section @code{.4byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7312@cindex @code{4byte} directive
7313@cindex four-byte integer
7314@cindex integer, 4-byte
2b841ec2 7315
e406e428
NC
7316Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, four byte
7317long values into the output.
2b841ec2
AM
7318
7319@node 8byte
ea86f534 7320@section @code{.8byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7321@cindex @code{8byte} directive
7322@cindex eight-byte integer
7323@cindex integer, 8-byte
2b841ec2 7324
e21126b7 7325Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, eight
e406e428
NC
7326byte long bignum values into the output.
7327
2b841ec2
AM
7328@end ifset
7329
252b5132
RH
7330@node Deprecated
7331@section Deprecated Directives
7332
7333@cindex deprecated directives
7334@cindex obsolescent directives
7335One day these directives won't work.
7336They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7337@table @t
7338@item .abort
7339@item .line
7340@end table
7341
3a99f02f
DJ
7342@ifset ELF
7343@node Object Attributes
7344@chapter Object Attributes
7345@cindex object attributes
7346
7347@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7348into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7349Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7350point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7351requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7352passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7353hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7354generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7355newer generation at run-time.
7356
7357This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7358@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7359time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7360correctly.
7361
7362Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7363attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7364string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7365and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7366or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7367attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7368
7369Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7370The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7371
7372@menu
7373* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7374* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7375@end menu
7376
7377@node GNU Object Attributes
7378@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7379
7380The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7381with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7382
7383Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7384its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7385an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
73862} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7387architecture-dependent ones.
7388
7389@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7390
7391These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7392
7393@table @r
7394@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7395The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7396the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7397then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7398than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7399arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7400@end table
7401
7402@subsection MIPS Attributes
7403
7404@table @r
7405@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7406The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7407
7408@itemize @bullet
7409@item
74100 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7411@item
f179c512
MF
74121 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7413double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7414@item
74152 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7416@item
74173 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7418@item
f179c512
MF
74194 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7420floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7421number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7422@item
74235 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7424with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7425general-purpose registers.
7426@item
74276 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7428registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7429@item
74307 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7431registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7432direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7433@end itemize
7434@end table
7435
7436@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7437
7438@table @r
7439@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7440The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7441
7442@itemize @bullet
7443@item
74440 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7445@item
3c7b9897 74461 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7447@item
74482 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7449@item
74503 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7451@end itemize
7452
7453@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7454The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7455
7456@itemize @bullet
7457@item
74580 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7459@item
74601 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7461@item
74622 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7463@item
74643 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7465@end itemize
7466@end table
7467
643f7afb
AK
7468@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7469
7470@table @r
7471@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7472The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7473
7474@itemize @bullet
7475@item
74760 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7477@item
74781 for files using software vector ABI.
7479@item
74802 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7481@end itemize
7482@end table
7483
3a99f02f
DJ
7484@node Defining New Object Attributes
7485@section Defining New Object Attributes
7486
7487If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7488will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7489mailing list.
7490
7491@itemize @bullet
7492@item
7493This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7494@item
7495The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7496@item
7497The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7498and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7499@item
7500Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7501@item
7502@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7503@item
7504GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7505@end itemize
7506
7507@end ifset
7508
252b5132
RH
7509@ifset GENERIC
7510@node Machine Dependencies
7511@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7512
7513@cindex machine dependencies
7514The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7515each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7516vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7517directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7518assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7519@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7520optimization.
7521
7522This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7523include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7524subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7525
7526@menu
a06ea964
NC
7527@ifset AARCH64
7528* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7529@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7530@ifset ALPHA
7531* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7532@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7533@ifset ARC
7534* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7535@end ifset
7536@ifset ARM
7537* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7538@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7539@ifset AVR
7540* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7541@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7542@ifset Blackfin
7543* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7544@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7545@ifset CR16
7546* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7547@end ifset
8bf549a8 7548@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7549* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7550@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7551@ifset D10V
7552* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7553@end ifset
7554@ifset D30V
7555* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7556@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7557@ifset EPIPHANY
7558* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7559@end ifset
252b5132 7560@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7561* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7562@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7563@ifset HPPA
7564* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7565@end ifset
7566@ifset I80386
55b62671 7567* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7568@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7569@ifset IA64
7570* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7571@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7572@ifset IP2K
7573* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7574@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7575@ifset LM32
7576* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7577@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7578@ifset M32C
7579* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7580@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7581@ifset M32R
7582* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7583@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7584@ifset M680X0
7585* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7586@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7587@ifset M68HC11
7588* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7589@end ifset
7b4ae824
JD
7590@ifset S12Z
7591* S12Z-Dependent:: S12Z Dependent Features
7592@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7593@ifset METAG
7594* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7595@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7596@ifset MICROBLAZE
7597* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7598@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7599@ifset MIPS
7600* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7601@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7602@ifset MMIX
7603* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7604@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7605@ifset MSP430
7606* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7607@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7608@ifset NDS32
7609* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7610@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7611@ifset NIOSII
7612* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7613@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7614@ifset NS32K
7615* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7616@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7617@ifset PDP11
7618* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7619@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7620@ifset PJ
7621* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7622@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7623@ifset PPC
7624* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7625@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
7626@ifset PRU
7627* PRU-Dependent:: PRU Dependent Features
7628@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
7629@ifset RISCV
7630* RISC-V-Dependent:: RISC-V Dependent Features
7631@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
7632@ifset RL78
7633* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7634@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7635@ifset RX
7636* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7637@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7638@ifset S390
7639* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7640@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7641@ifset SCORE
7642* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7643@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7644@ifset SH
7645* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
d3b47e2b 7646@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7647@ifset SPARC
7648* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7649@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7650@ifset TIC54X
7651* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7652@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7653@ifset TIC6X
7654* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7655@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7656@ifset TILEGX
7657* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7658@end ifset
7659@ifset TILEPRO
7660* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7661@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7662@ifset V850
7663* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7664@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7665@ifset VAX
7666* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7667@end ifset
7668@ifset VISIUM
7669* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7670@end ifset
f96bd6c2
PC
7671@ifset WASM32
7672* WebAssembly-Dependent:: WebAssembly Dependent Features
7673@end ifset
f6c1a2d5 7674@ifset XGATE
f96bd6c2 7675* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Dependent Features
f6c1a2d5 7676@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7677@ifset XSTORMY16
7678* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7679@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7680@ifset XTENSA
7681* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7682@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7683@ifset Z80
7684* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7685@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7686@ifset Z8000
7687* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7688@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7689@end menu
7690
7691@lowersections
7692@end ifset
7693
7694@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7695@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7696@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7697@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7698@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7699@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7700@c in both conditional blocks.
7701
a06ea964
NC
7702@ifset AARCH64
7703@include c-aarch64.texi
7704@end ifset
7705
625e1353
RH
7706@ifset ALPHA
7707@include c-alpha.texi
7708@end ifset
7709
7710@ifset ARC
7711@include c-arc.texi
7712@end ifset
7713
252b5132
RH
7714@ifset ARM
7715@include c-arm.texi
7716@end ifset
7717
8473f7a4
DC
7718@ifset AVR
7719@include c-avr.texi
7720@end ifset
7721
3b4e1885 7722@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7723@include c-bfin.texi
7724@end ifset
7725
3d3d428f
NC
7726@ifset CR16
7727@include c-cr16.texi
7728@end ifset
7729
328eb32e
HPN
7730@ifset CRIS
7731@include c-cris.texi
7732@end ifset
7733
c2dcd04e 7734@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7735@ifclear GENERIC
7736@node Machine Dependencies
7737@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7738
c2dcd04e 7739The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7740and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7741chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7742family.
7743
7744@menu
c2dcd04e 7745* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7746* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7747@end menu
7748@lowersections
7749@end ifclear
7750@end ifset
7751
7752@ifset D10V
7753@include c-d10v.texi
7754@end ifset
7755
7756@ifset D30V
7757@include c-d30v.texi
7758@end ifset
7759
cfb8c092
NC
7760@ifset EPIPHANY
7761@include c-epiphany.texi
7762@end ifset
7763
252b5132
RH
7764@ifset H8/300
7765@include c-h8300.texi
7766@end ifset
7767
252b5132
RH
7768@ifset HPPA
7769@include c-hppa.texi
7770@end ifset
7771
7772@ifset I80386
7773@include c-i386.texi
7774@end ifset
7775
9e32ca89
NC
7776@ifset IA64
7777@include c-ia64.texi
7778@end ifset
7779
a40cbfa3
NC
7780@ifset IP2K
7781@include c-ip2k.texi
7782@end ifset
7783
84e94c90
NC
7784@ifset LM32
7785@include c-lm32.texi
7786@end ifset
7787
49f58d10
JB
7788@ifset M32C
7789@include c-m32c.texi
7790@end ifset
7791
ec694b89
NC
7792@ifset M32R
7793@include c-m32r.texi
7794@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7795
7796@ifset M680X0
7797@include c-m68k.texi
7798@end ifset
7799
60bcf0fa
NC
7800@ifset M68HC11
7801@include c-m68hc11.texi
7802@end ifset
7803
7b4ae824
JD
7804@ifset S12Z
7805@include c-s12z.texi
7806@end ifset
7807
a3c62988
NC
7808@ifset METAG
7809@include c-metag.texi
7810@end ifset
7811
01642c12 7812@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7813@include c-microblaze.texi
7814@end ifset
7815
252b5132
RH
7816@ifset MIPS
7817@include c-mips.texi
7818@end ifset
7819
3c3bdf30
NC
7820@ifset MMIX
7821@include c-mmix.texi
7822@end ifset
7823
2469cfa2
NC
7824@ifset MSP430
7825@include c-msp430.texi
7826@end ifset
7827
35c08157
KLC
7828@ifset NDS32
7829@include c-nds32.texi
7830@end ifset
7831
36591ba1
SL
7832@ifset NIOSII
7833@include c-nios2.texi
7834@end ifset
7835
252b5132
RH
7836@ifset NS32K
7837@include c-ns32k.texi
7838@end ifset
7839
e135f41b
NC
7840@ifset PDP11
7841@include c-pdp11.texi
7842@end ifset
7843
041dd5a9
ILT
7844@ifset PJ
7845@include c-pj.texi
7846@end ifset
7847
418c1742
MG
7848@ifset PPC
7849@include c-ppc.texi
7850@end ifset
7851
93f11b16
DD
7852@ifset PRU
7853@include c-pru.texi
7854@end ifset
7855
4f7eddc4
PD
7856@ifset RISCV
7857@include c-riscv.texi
7858@end ifset
7859
b57e49f7
JW
7860@ifset RL78
7861@include c-rl78.texi
7862@end ifset
7863
046d31c2
NC
7864@ifset RX
7865@include c-rx.texi
7866@end ifset
7867
11c19e16
MS
7868@ifset S390
7869@include c-s390.texi
7870@end ifset
7871
c0157db4
NC
7872@ifset SCORE
7873@include c-score.texi
7874@end ifset
7875
252b5132
RH
7876@ifset SH
7877@include c-sh.texi
7878@end ifset
7879
7880@ifset SPARC
7881@include c-sparc.texi
7882@end ifset
7883
39bec121
TW
7884@ifset TIC54X
7885@include c-tic54x.texi
7886@end ifset
7887
40b36596
JM
7888@ifset TIC6X
7889@include c-tic6x.texi
7890@end ifset
7891
aa137e4d
NC
7892@ifset TILEGX
7893@include c-tilegx.texi
7894@end ifset
7895
7896@ifset TILEPRO
7897@include c-tilepro.texi
7898@end ifset
7899
b6605ddd
EB
7900@ifset V850
7901@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7902@end ifset
7903
7904@ifset VAX
7905@include c-vax.texi
7906@end ifset
7907
b6605ddd
EB
7908@ifset VISIUM
7909@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7910@end ifset
7911
f96bd6c2
PC
7912@ifset WASM32
7913@include c-wasm32.texi
7914@end ifset
7915
f6c1a2d5
NC
7916@ifset XGATE
7917@include c-xgate.texi
7918@end ifset
7919
6753e72f
NC
7920@ifset XSTORMY16
7921@include c-xstormy16.texi
7922@end ifset
7923
e0001a05
NC
7924@ifset XTENSA
7925@include c-xtensa.texi
7926@end ifset
7927
b6605ddd
EB
7928@ifset Z80
7929@include c-z80.texi
7930@end ifset
7931
7932@ifset Z8000
7933@include c-z8k.texi
7934@end ifset
7935
252b5132
RH
7936@ifset GENERIC
7937@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7938@raisesections
7939@end ifset
7940
7941@node Reporting Bugs
7942@chapter Reporting Bugs
7943@cindex bugs in assembler
7944@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7945
a4fb0134 7946Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7947
7948Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7949not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7950entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7951Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7952
7953In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7954information that enables us to fix the bug.
7955
7956@menu
7957* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7958* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7959@end menu
7960
7961@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7962@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7963@cindex bug criteria
7964
7965If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7966
7967@itemize @bullet
7968@cindex fatal signal
7969@cindex assembler crash
7970@cindex crash of assembler
7971@item
7972If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7973@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7974
7975@cindex error on valid input
7976@item
a4fb0134 7977If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7978
7979@cindex invalid input
7980@item
a4fb0134 7981If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7982is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7983be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7984
7985@item
7986If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7987of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7988@end itemize
7989
7990@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7991@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7992@cindex bug reports
7993@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7994
7995A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7996you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7997contact that organization first.
7998
7999You can find contact information for many support companies and
8000individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
8001distribution.
8002
ad22bfe8 8003@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 8004In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
8005to @value{BUGURL}.
8006@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8007
8008The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
8009@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
8010fact or leave it out, state it!
8011
8012Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
8013and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
8014name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
8015not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
8016happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
8017perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
8018the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
8019give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
8020and the most helpful.
8021
8022Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
8023it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
8024that the bug has not been reported previously.
8025
8026Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
8027bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
8028respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
8029You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
8030
8031To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
8032
8033@itemize @bullet
8034@item
a4fb0134 8035The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
8036it with the @samp{--version} argument.
8037
8038Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 8039the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8040
8041@item
a4fb0134 8042Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
8043
8044@item
8045The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
8046version number.
8047
8048@item
a4fb0134 8049What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
8050``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
8051
8052@item
8053The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
8054observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
8055all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
8056
8057If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
8058and then we might not encounter the bug.
8059
8060@item
8061A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
8062the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
8063high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
8064when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
8065the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
8066file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 8067@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
8068
8069@item
8070A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
8071incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
8072
a4fb0134 8073Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
8074will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
8075notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
8076make a mistake.
8077
8078Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8079explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8080@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8081library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8082would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8083would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8084expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8085observations.
8086
8087@item
a4fb0134 8088If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8089diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8090option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8091discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8092by line number.
8093
8094The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8095sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8096@end itemize
8097
8098Here are some things that are not necessary:
8099
8100@itemize @bullet
8101@item
8102A description of the envelope of the bug.
8103
8104Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8105which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8106changes will not affect it.
8107
8108This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8109will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8110with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8111We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8112
8113Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8114of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8115output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8116less time, and so on.
8117
8118However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8119report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8120
8121@item
8122A patch for the bug.
8123
8124A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8125the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8126a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8127to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8128
a4fb0134 8129Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8130construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8131the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8132one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8133
8134And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8135patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8136help us to understand.
8137
8138@item
8139A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8140
8141Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8142things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8143@end itemize
8144
8145@node Acknowledgements
8146@chapter Acknowledgements
8147
653cfe85 8148If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8149it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8150maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8151@c (October 2012),
8152the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8153
8154Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8155more details?}
8156
8157Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8158information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8159extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8160
8161K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8162many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8163up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8164testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8165including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8166and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8167support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8168port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8169file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8170assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8171
8172Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8173in format-specific I/O modules.
8174
8175The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8176has done much work with it since.
8177
8178The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8179
8180Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8181
8182The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8183University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8184
8185Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8186(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8187(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8188support a.out format.
8189
7be1c489
AM
8190Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8191tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8192Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8193use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8194targets.
8195
8196John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8197simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8198updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8199fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8200remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8201cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8202required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8203
8204Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
820568k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8206added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8207PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8208
653cfe85 8209Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8210
8211Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8212
8213Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8214along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8215formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8216the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8217
8218Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8219Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8220Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8221Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8222and some initial 64-bit support).
8223
c1253627 8224Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8225
252b5132
RH
8226Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8227support for openVMS/Alpha.
8228
39bec121
TW
8229Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8230flavors.
8231
e0001a05 8232David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8233Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8234
252b5132
RH
8235Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8236configuration enhancements.
8237
84e94c90
NC
8238Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8239
252b5132
RH
8240Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8241you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8242want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8243intentionally leaving anyone out.
8244
793c5807
NC
8245@node GNU Free Documentation License
8246@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8247@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8248
370b66a1
CD
8249@node AS Index
8250@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8251
8252@printindex cp
8253
252b5132
RH
8254@bye
8255@c Local Variables:
8256@c fill-column: 79
8257@c End:
This page took 1.750604 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.